SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Cover Page 1 of 21
S J M A T H S  /  LEARNING SERIES

CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS

GANITA MANJARI

QUICK REVISION NOTES
CHAPTERS 1–14
Coordinate Geometry and Circle Illustration

A focused companion for chapterwise study, rapid recall and practice

KEY IDEAS WORKED EXAMPLES PRACTICE QUESTIONS STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS
SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Title Page Page 2 of 21
SJMaths Learning Series · Class 9 Mathematics

CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS

GANITA MANJARI

QUICK REVISION NOTES

CHAPTERS 1–14
Mathematical Visual Representation

An independent chapterwise revision companion

Prepared as a supplementary study and practice resource

SJMaths
sjmaths.com
SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Publication Page 3 of 21

PUBLICATION DETAILS

Copyright, Edition & Metadata Notice

Class 9 Mathematics | Ganita Manjari | Quick Revision Notes

Chapters 1–14

Copyright © 2026 SJMaths. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, distributed, stored, or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written permission from the rights holder, except for brief quotations used in reviews or other uses permitted by applicable copyright law.

Digital Edition: 2026
Imprint: SJMaths
Website: sjmaths.com
INDEPENDENT EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE
This book is an independently prepared revision resource arranged around the chapter sequence and subject context of Ganita Manjari. It is not an official NCERT publication and is not affiliated with, authorised by, or endorsed by NCERT, the Ministry of Education, or any government organisation. Textbook and chapter references are used only to identify the relevant curriculum context.

Accuracy Note

Mathematical learning materials are prepared for study and revision. Readers should also consult their prescribed textbook, teacher and current school instructions. Any corrections or updates may be reflected in later editions.

SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Note to Reader Page 4 of 21

A NOTE TO THE READER

About this book & suggested learning methodology

A chapterwise companion for understanding, practising and revising Class 9 mathematics.

Mathematics becomes easier to revise when ideas are organised, examples are worked through carefully and practice follows understanding. These notes bring the fourteen chapters together in one chapterwise resource, following the sequence used in the supplied Ganita Manjari manuscript.

What you will find in the chapters

01
At-a-glance summaries: Compact tables or formula summaries that bring the central ideas of a chapter into one place.
02
Key ideas and reminders: Short explanations, important observations and cautions that help clarify common points of confusion.
03
Worked examples: Illustrative problems with solutions arranged in a clear, step-by-step sequence.
04
Chapter-end practice: Questions that let you check recall, apply concepts and attempt more challenging problems.
05
Solutions and answers: A back-of-chapter answer section for checking your work after attempting the questions.
A SUGGESTED STUDY ROUTINE
Read the summary first, study the key ideas, attempt each worked example before reading its solution, and then complete the chapter-end questions without looking at the answers.
SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Approach Page 5 of 21

A PRACTICAL APPROACH

How to use this book for maximum retention

A repeatable routine for each chapter.

01
Preview the chapter: Begin with the chapter-at-a-glance table or formula summary. Identify the ideas and relationships you need to remember.
02
Read actively: Work through each section in order. Pause at key ideas and cautions; rewrite a rule in your own words when needed.
03
Attempt before revealing: Cover the solution to each worked example. Try the question independently, then compare your steps with the printed solution.
04
Practise independently: Complete the chapter-end questions without referring to the worked examples. Mark questions that need another attempt.
05
Check and revisit: Use the solutions at the back to check your answers. Return to the relevant section for any step or concept that remains unclear.
01 RECALL
02 UNDERSTAND
03 PRACTISE
04 CHECK
For Digital & Kindle Readers:

Use the reader navigation menu to move between chapters. Because digital books reflow to fit the reader's screen and font settings, use the table of contents and chapter links to locate a section.

Before you move to the next chapter

□  Can I explain the main idea in my own words? □  Can I solve a similar example without help?
□  Have I checked signs, calculations and units? □  Have I revisited the questions I got wrong?
SJMaths · Ganita Manjari Class 9 Contents Page 6 of 21
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 1
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Orienting Yourself: The Use of Coordinates

These notes revise Chapter 1 (The Use of Coordinates), Chapter 2 (Introduction to Linear Polynomials) and Chapter 3 (The World of Numbers) Chapter 4 (Exploring Algebraic Identities) Chapter 5 (Circles) and Chapter 6 (Measuring Space: Perimeter and Area) and Chapter 7 (The Mathematics of Maybe: Introduction to Probability) and Chapter 8 (Exploring Sequences and Progressions) Chapter 9 (Propositions and their Converses) and Chapter 10 (How Quantities Combine: Understanding Data) and Chapter 11 (The World of Algorithms) and Chapter 12 (Quadrilaterals) and Chapter 13 (Two Variables, One Line) and Chapter 14 (Surface Area and Volume) in the order of your NCERT textbook. Each section begins with a boxed summary you can recall in half a minute, followed by the key points and solved examples, with every solution written one step to a line. Cover the solution and try each example first. Finish with the chapter-end questions, and check them against the answers at the back.

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Ordered pair ( x , y ) with x first. ( a , b ) and ( b , a ) are different points unless a = b .
Axes, origin Perpendicular lines X ′ O X and Y ′ O Y meeting at O (0, 0) .
Abscissa, ordinate x is the distance from the y -axis; y is the distance from the x -axis.
Points on axes ( k , 0) on the x -axis; (0, k ) on the y -axis. In no quadrant.
Quadrants I (+, +) , II (−, +) , III (−, −) , IV (+, −) .
Distance √(( x 2 − x 1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y 1 ) 2 ) . From the origin: √( x 2 + y 2 ) .
Reflection x -axis ( x , − y ) ; y -axis (− x , y ) ; origin (− x , − y ) . Lengths unchanged.
Midpoint (( x 1 + x 2 )/2, ( y 1 + y 2 )/2) . End point: x 2 = 2 x M − x 1 , y 2 = 2 y M − y 1 .
Trisection One-third and two-thirds of the change in x and in y from A .
Collinear Longest distance = sum of the other two, or equal steepness.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.1 History in Brief Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.1

History in Brief

Period Contribution
c. 2600 BCE Sindhu–Sarasvatī cities are laid out on regular grids.
c. 800 BCE Baudhāyana’s Śulba Sūtras: grid layouts and the theorem behind the distance formula.
c. 4th century BCE Ujjayinī taken as the prime meridian (0° longitude); Ptolemy (c. 150 CE) calls it “Ozine”.
499 CE Āryabhaṭa uses sines to fix positions of celestial bodies.
628 CE Brahmagupta treats zero and negative numbers as numbers; this makes four quadrants possible.
1637 CE Descartes: a point of a plane is fixed by two perpendicular distances from two axes.
1.2

Locating Points on a Map

Key Idea
A position on a flat surface is an ordered pair ( x , y ) : x is the horizontal distance and y the vertical distance from the starting point O (0, 0) . The order matters.

A map drawn to a scale such as 1 cm : 1 foot makes one map unit stand for one real unit.

A floor map is two-dimensional: it shows length and breadth only. Height (of a window or a table top) is a third direction and cannot be marked.

Points on the bottom wall have y = 0; points on the left wall have x = 0.

Two points on one wall are separated by the difference of the coordinate that changes.

In a city grid, (4, 3) and (3, 4) are different crossings.

Fig. 1.1 Floor plan of Reiaan’s room (scale 1 cm : 1 foot).
Fig. 1.1 Floor plan of Reiaan’s room (scale 1 cm : 1 foot).
Example 1
A room has corners O(0, 0), A(16, 0), B(16, 9), C(0, 9). A door runs from D1(9, 0) to R1(11.5, 0). Find the room size, the distance of the door from the left wall, and the door width.
Solution. Length OA = 16 ft and breadth OC = 9 ft, so the room is 16 ft by 9 ft.
D1 has x = 9, so the door starts 9 ft from the left wall
y = 0, so it is on the bottom wall.
Width = 11.5 − 9 = 2.5 ft.
Example 2
Point A is 3 units right and 5 units up from the origin. Write A. Is a point 5 right and 3 up the same point?
Solution. Horizontal distance first: A = (3, 5).
The other point is (5, 3).
The pairs differ, so the points differ: order matters.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.3 The Cartesian Plane Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.3

The Cartesian Plane

Key Idea
For P ( x , y ) : abscissa = x = distance from the y -axis; ordinate = y = distance from the x -axis. The sign shows the side. x -axis points: ( k , 0) . y -axis points: (0, k ) . Origin: (0, 0) .

A number line is one-dimensional; two perpendicular number lines give the two-dimensional plane.

Right of O and above O are positive; left and below are negative.

Watch out: (0, 6) is on the y-axis. It is the y-value that is 0 on the x-axis.

Fig. 1.2 The Cartesian plane and its four quadrants.
Fig. 1.2 The Cartesian plane and its four quadrants.
Example 3
State the axis and distance from the origin of B(4.5, 0), E(−2.9, 0), H(0, 4), G(0, −4.5).
Solution. B and E have y = 0: on the x-axis, 4.5 units right and 2.9 units left of O.
H and G have x = 0: on the y-axis, 4 units above and 4.5 units below O.
Example 4
For P(−3, 7) name the abscissa and ordinate and find the distance of P from each axis.
Solution. Abscissa −3, ordinate 7.
Distance from the y-axis = |−3| = 3
from the x-axis = |7| = 7.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.4 Quadrants Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.4

Quadrants

Quadrant Position Signs of ( x , y ) Example
I upper right (+, +) (3, 4)
II upper left (−, +) (−5, 3)
III lower left (−, −) (−3, −4)
IV lower right (+, −) (3, −5)
Key Idea
Quadrants are numbered anticlockwise from the upper right. Points on the axes belong to no quadrant.

The line parallel to the y-axis through x = c contains the points (c, y); the line parallel to the x-axis through y = c contains (x, c).

Without negative numbers only Quadrant I and the positive parts of the axes could be described.

Watch out: (0, −5) is on the negative y-axis, not in Quadrant III.

Example 5
In which quadrant does (−3, 4) lie?
Solution. x < 0: left of the y-axis.
y > 0: above the x-axis.
So Quadrant II.
Example 6
W has x-coordinate −5. H lies on the line through W parallel to the y-axis. Find H and its possible quadrants.
Solution. That line keeps x fixed, so H = (−5, y).
y > 0: Quadrant II.
y < 0: Quadrant III.
y = 0: on the x-axis, no quadrant.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.5 Distance Between Two Points Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.5

Distance Between Two Points

Same y (horizontal): distance = |x2 − x1|. Same x (vertical): distance = |y2 − y1|.

Slanted: draw the right triangle whose legs are |x2 − x1| and |y2 − y1|. The Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem, (hypotenuse)² = sum of the squares of the legs, gives the formula below.

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
Distance of P ( x , y ) from the origin: √( x 2 + y 2 ) . The differences are squared, so the order of the points does not matter. Watch out: square before adding. The distance between (1, 2) and (4, 6) is √(3 2 + 4 2 ) = 5 , not √7 .
Fig. 1.3 Distance AD from the right triangle ACD: AC = 4, CD = 3, AD = 5.
Fig. 1.3 Distance AD from the right triangle ACD: AC = 4, CD = 3, AD = 5.
Figure Test using distances
Isosceles triangle Two sides equal
Equilateral triangle Three sides equal
Right triangle (longest side)² = sum of the squares of the other two
Rhombus Four sides equal
Rectangle Opposite sides equal and diagonals equal
Square Four sides equal and diagonals equal

Circles. P is inside, on or outside a circle (centre O, radius r) when OP < r, OP = r or OP > r. Two circles with centres d apart and radii r1, r2 cross at two points if |r1 − r2| < d < r1 + r2, and touch if d = r1 + r2.

Example 7
Find the distance between P(−2, 3) and Q(4, 11).
Solution. x2 − x1 = 6
y2 − y1 = 8.
PQ = √(62 + 82)
= √100
= 10 units.
Example 8
Show that A(0, 0), B(6, 0), C(0, 8) form a right triangle.
Solution. AB = 6 (horizontal), AC = 8 (vertical), BC = √(62 + 82) = 10.
AB2 + AC2 = 36 + 64
= 100
= BC2, so the angle at A is a right angle.
Example 9
Show that (1, 0), (0, 1), (−1, 0), (0, −1) are the vertices of a square and find its area.
Solution. Each side is √(12 + 12) = √2, so all four sides are equal.
Both diagonals are 2 (from (1, 0) to (−1, 0) and from (0, 1) to (0, −1)), so the diagonals are equal.
It is a square.
Area = (√2)² = 2 square units.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.6 Reflections Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 10
Show that A(6, 8), B(−8, 6), C(0, −10) lie on a circle centred at O. Is D(5, 5) inside or outside? Is E(9, −8)?
Solution. OA = √(36 + 64)
= 10
OB = √(64 + 36)
= 10
OC = 10.
So all lie on the circle of radius 10.
OD = √50 < 10: inside.
OE = √(81 + 64)
= √145 > 10: outside.
Example 11
Circle 1 has centre (0, 0) and radius 3; circle 2 has centre (6, 8) and radius 7. Do they cross, touch or miss?
Solution. d = √(62 + 82)
= 10 and r1 + r2 = 10.
d = r1 + r2, so the circles touch at exactly one point.
1.6

Reflections

Reflection in Rule Example: (3, −5)
the x -axis ( x , y ) → ( x , − y ) (3, 5)
the y -axis ( x , y ) → (− x , y ) (−3, −5)
the origin ( x , y ) → (− x , − y ) (−3, 5)
Key Idea
A point and its image are equally far from the mirror line. A reflection keeps all lengths (an isometry ), so the image is congruent to the figure.

The axis you reflect in keeps its own coordinate: the x-axis keeps x, the y-axis keeps y.

Reflecting in the x-axis and then the y-axis (either order) is the same as reflecting in the origin.

Fig. 1.4 Triangle ADM and its reflection A′D′M′ in the y-axis.
Fig. 1.4 Triangle ADM and its reflection A′D′M′ in the y-axis.
Example 12
Reflect A(3, 4), D(7, 1), M(9, 6) in the y-axis and check that AD is unchanged.
Solution. Keep y, change the sign of x: A′(−3, 4), D′(−7, 1), M′(−9, 6).
A′D′ = √(42 + 32)
= 5
= AD.
Example 13
A point is 5 units from the y-axis and 3 units from the x-axis and lies in Quadrant III. Find it, and its reflection in the origin.
Solution. In Quadrant III both coordinates are negative: (−5, −3).
Reflection in the origin: (5, 3).
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.7 The Midpoint of a Segment Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.7

The Midpoint of a Segment

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
The midpoint has the average of the x -values and of the y -values. Divide by 2. To find the other end, use the reversed formula:
Mathematical Diagram

Trisection: one step = (change in x)/3 and (change in y)/3. P is one step from A, Q is two steps. Check: P is the midpoint of AQ.

Triangle from its midpoints: add the equal-vertex pairs. If D, E, F are the midpoints of AB, BC, CA, then xA + xB = 2xD and so on; add all three sums, halve to get xA + xB + xC, then subtract each pair to find the third vertex.

Example 14
Find the midpoint of (2, −5) and (6, 9).
Solution. ((2 + 6)/2, (−5 + 9)/2) = (4, 2).
Example 15
M(2, −3) is the midpoint of A(−1, 4) and B. Find B.
Solution. x = 2(2) − (−1)
= 5 and y = 2(−3) − 4 = −10.
B = (5, −10).
Example 16
Find the points that trisect AB, where A(−3, 2) and B(9, −7).
Solution. Change in x = 12, so one step = 4.
Change in y = −9, so one step = −3.
P = (−3 + 4, 2 − 3)
= (1, −1) and Q = (1 + 4, −1 − 3) = (5, −4).
Example 17
The midpoints of AB, BC, CA are D(2, 3), E(4, 5), F(1, 6). Find A, B, C.
Solution. x: xA + xB = 4
xB + xC = 8
xC + xA = 2.
Sum = 7.
So xC = 7 − 4 = 3, xA = 7 − 8 = −1, xB = 7 − 2 = 5.
y: sums 6, 10, 12, total 14.
So yC = 8, yA = 4, yB = 2.
A(−1, 4)
B(5, 2)
C(3, 8).
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself 1.8 Collinear Points Ganita Manjari · Class 9
1.8

Collinear Points

Key Idea
Three points are collinear if they lie on one straight line. Test without plotting, in either of two ways.

Distances: the longest of AB, BC, CA equals the sum of the other two.

Steepness (slope): the steepness of AB equals the steepness of BC.

Mathematical Diagram
Caution
Equal lengths prove nothing. For A (0, 0) , B (3, 4) , C (6, 0) we get A B = B C = 5 , but A B + B C = 10 ≠ A C = 6 , so the points are not collinear.
Example 18
Are A(−2, −3), B(0, 1), C(3, 7) collinear?
Solution. AB = √(4 + 16)
= 2√5
BC = √(9 + 36)
= 3√5
AC = √(25 + 100)
= 5√5.
AB + BC = 5√5
= AC, so they are collinear.
(Steepness of AB = 4/2 = 2 and of BC = 6/3 = 2.)
Example 19
Are (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 4) collinear?
Solution. Steepness of the first pair = 1
of the second pair = (4 − 2)/(3 − 2) = 2.
1 ≠ 2, so they are not collinear.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply & Standard (NCERT type)) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 1: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
1.1
Write the ordered pair that means 3 units right and 8 units up. Is it the same as (8, 3)?
1.2
Write the abscissa and ordinate of (8, −1). On which axis does (−7, 0) lie?
1.3
Name the quadrant of (−2, −9), (5, 5), (6, −1), (−4, 3).
1.4
Find the distance between (2, −1) and (5, 3), and the distance of (−3, 4) from the origin.
1.5
Reflect (−2, 7) in the y-axis, (4, 1) in the origin and (−3, 5) in the x-axis.
1.6
Find the midpoint of (−4, 6) and (2, −2).
B. Standard (NCERT type)
1.7
W has x-coordinate −5 and H lies on the line through W parallel to the y-axis. Write H and the quadrants in which it can lie.
1.8
The point (k, k − 6) lies on the x-axis. Find k and the point.
1.9
Plot Z(5, −6). Take I(5, 0) and N(0, 0). Find the sides of triangle IZN and say where the right angle is.
1.10
Using the origin as one vertex, write (i) a right-angled isosceles triangle, (ii) an isosceles triangle whose other vertices lie in Quadrants III and IV.
1.11
Is M the midpoint of ST? (i) S(−3, 0), M(0, 0), T(3, 0) (ii) S(2, 3), M(3, 4), T(4, 5) (iii) S(0, 0), M(0, 5), T(0, −10) (iv) S(−8, 7), M(0, −2), T(6, −3).
1.12
M(−7, 1) is the midpoint of A(3, −4) and B(x, y). Find B.
1.13
Find the points of trisection of AB for A(4, 7), B(16, −2).
1.14
Are M(−3, −4), A(0, 0), G(6, 8) collinear? Are R(−5, −1), B(−2, −5), C(4, −12)?
1.15
R(3, 0), A(0, −2), M(−5, −2), P(−5, 2) are joined in order. Find two perpendicular sides, a side parallel to an axis and two mirror-image points.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
1.16
Show that A(2, 1), B(−1, 2), C(−2, −1), D(1, −2) are the vertices of a square and find its area.
1.17
Show that A(1, −8), B(−4, 7), C(−7, −4) lie on a circle with centre O. Where do D(−5, 6) and E(0, 9) lie?
1.18
A circle has centre (100, 150) and radius 80; another has centre (250, 230) and radius 100. Do they intersect?
1.19
The midpoints of the sides AB, BC, CA of triangle ABC are D(5, 1), E(6, 5), F(0, 3). Find A, B, C.
1.20
P(a, b) is reflected in the x-axis and then in the y-axis. The image is (−4, −7). Find P.
1.21
The point (m, n) lies in Quadrant III. In which quadrant does (−m, n) lie?
1.22
What would a coordinate system without negative numbers be like? Could it locate every point of a plane?
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Stepwise Solutions (Q 1.1 – Q 1.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 1: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 1.1
(3, 8).
No: order matters.
Question 1.2
Abscissa 8, ordinate −1.
(−7, 0) lies on the x-axis.
Question 1.3
III, I, IV, II
Question 1.4
5 and 5
Question 1.5
(2, 7)
(−4, −1)
(−3, −5)
Question 1.6
(−1, 2)
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Stepwise Solutions (Q 1.7 – Q 1.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 1 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 1.7
H = (−5, y).
Quadrant II if y > 0, III if y < 0, on the x-axis if y = 0.
Question 1.8
k − 6 = 0, so k = 6.
The point is (6, 0).
Question 1.9
IZ = 6
IN = 5
ZN = √61.
Right angle at I.
Question 1.10
(i)O, (4, 0), (0, 4).
(ii)O, (−3, −4), (3, −4): both sides from O equal 5.
Question 1.11
(i)Yes
(ii)Yes
(iii)No
midpoint is (0, −5)
(iv)No
midpoint is (−1, 2).
Question 1.12
x = 2(−7) − 3
= −17
y = 2(1) − (−4)
= 6.
B = (−17, 6).
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Stepwise Solutions (Q 1.13 – Q 1.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 1 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 1.13
One step = (4, −3).
P(8, 4) and Q(12, 1).
Question 1.14
First: yes, since MA + AG = MG.
Here MA = 5 and AG = 10 and MG = 15.
Second: no.
The steepness of RB is −4/3 and of BC is −7/6.
Question 1.15
AM ⊥ MP
AM is parallel to the x-axis
M and P are mirror images in the x-axis.
Question 1.16
All sides √10
diagonals AC = BD = √20.
Square of area 10.
Question 1.17
OA = OB
= OC
= √65.
OD = √61: inside.
OE = 9
= √81: outside.
Question 1.18
Distance between centres = 170
20 < 170 < 180, so they intersect.
Chapter 1: Orienting Yourself Stepwise Solutions (Q 1.19 – Q 1.22) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 1 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 22
Question 1.19
A(−1, −1), B(11, 3), C(1, 7)
Question 1.20
After both: (−a, −b) = (−4, −7).
P = (4, 7).
Question 1.21
m < 0
n < 0, so −m > 0 and n < 0: Quadrant IV.
Question 1.22
Only Quadrant I and the non-negative parts of the axes.
No.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 2
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Introduction to Linear Polynomials

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Polynomial, degree One variable, non-negative whole-number powers. Degree = highest power: 0 constant, 1 linear, 2 quadratic, 3 cubic.
Value at x = k Replace x by k and simplify: P ( k ) .
Linear polynomial a x + b , a ≠ 0 . Zero: x = − b / a .
Function machine f ( x ) = a x + b : multiply the input by a , then add b .
Linear pattern Constant difference d . n -th term = d n + c , with c = first term − d .
Growth and decay y = b + a t : a > 0 growth, a < 0 decay. b = starting value.
Master relation y = a x + b : a = slope (rate), b = y-intercept (initial value).
From two data points a = ( y 2 − y 1 )/( x 2 − x 1 ) , then b = y 1 − a x 1 .
Graph Straight line. y-intercept (0, b ) ; x-intercept (− b / a , 0) . y = a x passes through the origin.
Parallel lines Same a , different b .
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.1 Polynomials and Their Degree Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.1

Polynomials and Their Degree

Key Idea
An algebraic expression joins numbers and letters ( variables ) with + , − , × , ÷ . In 4 x + 5 y + 3 the terms are 4 x , 5 y and 3; the coefficients are 4 and 5; the constant is 3. A univariate polynomial has one variable with non-negative whole-number powers. Its degree is the highest power of the variable.
Degree Name Example
0 Constant P ( x ) = 8 , written 8 x 0
1 Linear P ( z ) = 3 z + 7
2 Quadratic P ( x ) = x 2 + 5 x + 1
3 Cubic P ( y ) = 5 y 3 + y 2 + 2 y − 1

A missing term has coefficient 0: in 4z3 + 5z2 − 11 the coefficient of z is 0.

The sign belongs to the coefficient: in x4 − 3x3 the coefficient of x3 is −3.

Example 1
Find the degree and name of (i) 2x2 − 5x + 3 (ii) y3 + 2y − 1 (iii) −9 (iv) 4z − 3.
Solution. (i) Highest power 2: degree 2, quadratic.
(ii) Highest power 3: degree 3, cubic.
(iii) −9 = −9x0: degree 0, constant.
(iv) Highest power 1: degree 1, linear.
Example 2
In x4 − 3x3 + 6x2 − 2x + 7 write the coefficients of x3 and x2 and the constant term.
Solution. Coefficient of x3 is −3, of x2 is 6, and the constant term is 7.
Example 3
Write the coefficient of z and the constant term of 4z3 + 5z2 − 11.
Solution. There is no z term, so 4z3 + 5z2 + 0z − 11: coefficient of z is 0.
The constant term is −11.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.2 Linear Polynomials as Functions Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.2

Linear Polynomials as Functions

Key Idea
A linear polynomial has degree 1: a x + b with a ≠ 0 . Each extra unit of x changes the value by the same fixed amount a . As a function , f ( x ) = a x + b is an input–output machine: multiply the input by a , then add b .
Fig. 2.1 A linear polynomial as an input–output machine.
Fig. 2.1 A linear polynomial as an input–output machine.

The value of P(x) at x = k is P(k): replace x by k.

A linear polynomial has exactly one zero: ax + b = 0 gives x = −b/a.

Word problems: let a letter stand for the unknown, write an equation from the story, solve it, then check it against the story.

Example 4
Find the value of 5x − 3 at x = 0, −1 and 2.
Solution. x = 0: 5(0) − 3 = −3.
x = −1: 5(−1) − 3 = −8.
x = 2: 5(2) − 3 = 7.
Example 5
Find the zero of 4x − 10.
Solution. Set 4x − 10 = 0: x = 10/4 = 5/2.
Check: 4(5/2) − 10 = 0.
Example 6
Salil’s mother is three times as old as Salil. In 5 years their ages add up to 70. Find their present ages.
Solution. Salil’s age x
his mother’s 3x.
In 5 years: (x + 5) + (3x + 5) = 70, so 4x = 60 and x = 15.
Salil is 15 and his mother is 45.
Example 7
Two integers are in the ratio 2 : 5 and differ by 63. Find them.
Solution. Let them be 2x and 5x: 5x − 2x = 63, so x = 21.
The integers are 42 and 105.
Example 8
Ruby has ₹2 and ₹5 coins worth ₹88. She has three times as many ₹2 coins as ₹5 coins. How many of each?
Solution. ₹5 coins: x
₹2 coins: 3x.
5x + 2(3x) = 88, so 11x = 88 and x = 8.
She has 8 five-rupee coins and 24 two-rupee coins.
Example 9
A rectangle has perimeter 24 cm and length 3 cm more than twice its width. Find its sides.
Solution. Width w, length 2w + 3.
Half the perimeter: (2w + 3) + w = 12, so w = 3.
Length = 9 cm.
The sides are 9 cm and 3 cm.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.3 Linear Patterns Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.3

Linear Patterns

Key Idea
In a linear pattern the difference between consecutive terms is a constant d . The n -th term is a linear polynomial in n : d n + c , where c = first term − d .
Stage n 1 2 3 4 n
Tiles 1 3 5 7 2 n − 1

Find d, then c, then check the rule with n = 1 and n = 2.

Increasing pattern: d > 0. Decreasing pattern: d < 0, for example 120 − 9n.

Example 10
Find the rule for 5, 8, 11, 14, …
Solution. d = 8 − 5
= 3 and c = 5 − 3 = 2, so the n-th term is 3n + 2.
Check: n = 1 gives 5
n = 4 gives 14.
Example 11
A bank account starts with ₹500 and ₹150 is added each month. Write the amount after n months.
Solution. Start 500, plus 150 each month: 500 + 150n.
Example 12
A rally has 120 members and 9 leave every hour. Write the number remaining after n hours.
Solution. 120 − 9n.
Example 13
A 500-page book is read at 20 pages a day. How many pages are left after 15 days?
Solution. L(n) = 500 − 20n, so L(15) = 500 − 300 = 200 pages.
Example 14
A box is 7 cm long and 11 cm broad. Write its volume in terms of the height h and find it for h = 9.
Solution. Base area = 7 × 11 = 77 cm², so V(h) = 77h, a linear pattern.
V(9) = 693 cm³.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.4 Linear Growth and Linear Decay Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.4

Linear Growth and Linear Decay

Key Idea
A quantity that changes by a fixed amount in equal intervals follows y = b + a t . If a > 0 it is linear growth ; if a < 0 it is linear decay . a is the rate of change and b the starting value.
Fig. 2.2 Linear growth (positive rate) and linear decay (negative rate).
Fig. 2.2 Linear growth (positive rate) and linear decay (negative rate).

When a decaying quantity runs out, solve b + at = 0.

Always state the unit of the rate: “per month”, “per day”, “per year”.

Example 15
A plant is 1.75 ft tall and grows 0.5 ft every month. Write its height after t months and find it after 7 months.
Solution. h(t) = 1.75 + 0.5t: linear growth.
h(7) = 1.75 + 3.5
= 5.25 ft.
Example 16
A phone costing ₹10,000 loses ₹800 of value each year. Find its value after 3 years.
Solution. v(t) = 10000 − 800t: linear decay.
v(3) = 10000 − 2400
= ₹7{,}600.
Example 17
A village has 750 people and 50 are added each year. Find the population after 6 years.
Solution. P(t) = 750 + 50t: linear growth.
P(6) = 750 + 300
= 1050.
Example 18
A prepaid balance of ₹600 falls by ₹15 a day. When does it reach zero?
Solution. b(x) = 600 − 15x: linear decay.
600 − 15x = 0 gives x = 40 days.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.5 The Master Relation y = ax + b Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.5

The Master Relation y = ax + b

Key Idea
Every linear relation between x and y can be written y = a x + b . a is the slope , the change in y per unit change in x . b is the y-intercept , the value of y when x = 0 .
Mathematical Diagram

Two data points fix the relation. Write y1 = ax1 + b and y2 = ax2 + b, subtract to get a, then substitute to get b.

Check the answer with the second data point.

Example 19
A learning platform bills ₹400 for 10 modules and ₹500 for 14 modules. Find the relation y = ax + b.
Solution. 10a + b = 400 and 14a + b = 500.
Subtract: 4a = 100, so a = 25.
10(25) + b = 400 gives b = 150.
So y = 25x + 150.
Check: 25(14) + 150 = 500.
Example 20
A gym court costs ₹800 for 10 hours and ₹1100 for 15 hours. Find the relation.
Solution. 5a = 300, so a = 60.
10(60) + b = 800 gives b = 200.
So y = 60x + 200.
Example 21
Water freezes at 0°C = 32°F and boils at 100°C = 212°F. Express °C in terms of °F as C = aF + b.
Solution. 0 = 32a + b and 100 = 212a + b.
Subtract: 100 = 180a, so a = 5/9.
b = −32 × 5/9
= −160/9.
So C = (5/9)(F − 32).
Check: F = 212 gives (5/9)(180) = 100.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.6 Graphs and Slopes Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.6

Graphs and Slopes

Key Idea
The graph of y = a x + b is a straight line . Two points are enough to draw it.

y-intercept: the line cuts the y-axis at (0, b).

x-intercept: put y = 0. The line cuts the x-axis at (−b/a, 0), the zero of ax + b.

Slope: a > 0 rises from left to right; a < 0 falls; a larger |a| is steeper. When b = 0 the line y = ax passes through the origin.

Parallel lines have the same a and different b.

Fig. 2.3 Equal slope a = 2 and different intercepts give parallel lines.
Fig. 2.3 Equal slope a = 2 and different intercepts give parallel lines.
Fig. 2.4 The line through (1, 5) and (3, 11): slope = rise / run = 6 / 2 = 3.
Fig. 2.4 The line through (1, 5) and (3, 11): slope = rise / run = 6 / 2 = 3.
Example 22
Write the slope and y-intercept of (i) y = 5 − 2x (ii) 3y = 9x + 6 (iii) 4y = 2x − 8.
Solution. (i) y = −2x + 5: slope −2, y-intercept 5.
(ii) y = 3x + 2: slope 3, y-intercept 2.
(iii) y = (1/2)x − 2: slope 1/2, y-intercept −2.
Example 23
Find the line p(x) = ax + b through (1, 5) and (3, 11). Where does it cut the axes?
Solution. Slope a = (11 − 5)/(3 − 1) = 3.
From 5 = 3(1) + b: b = 2.
So p(x) = 3x + 2.
y-intercept (0, 2). x-intercept: 3x + 2 = 0 gives x = −2/3, so (−2/3, 0).
Example 24
p(x) passes through (2, 3) and (6, 11). Find q(x), parallel to it, through (4, −1).
Solution. Slope of p: (11 − 3)/(6 − 2) = 2, and 3 = 2(2) + b gives p(x) = 2x − 1.
q has slope 2: −1 = 2(4) + d, so d = −9 and q(x) = 2x − 9.
Example 25
Show that every line y = ax + a with a > 0 passes through one common point.
Solution. ax + a = a(x + 1)
= 0 gives x = −1 whatever a is.
Every such line passes through (−1, 0).
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply & Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 2: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
2.1
Write the degree and name of (i) 7 (ii) 3x − 2 (iii) 4y2 + 1 (iv) z3 − z.
2.2
Find the value of 5x2 − 3x + 7 at x = 1, and of 4t3 − t2 + 6 at t = a.
2.3
Write a polynomial of degree 3 in x in which the coefficient of x2 is −7.
2.4
Aman has ₹800 and saves ₹250 a month. Write his savings after n months, and find them after 6 months and after 2 years.
2.5
Write the slope and y-intercept of y = −3x + 4, and the point where it cuts the y-axis.
2.6
Say whether each shows growth or decay: (i) y = 5 + 2x (ii) y = 9 − 4x.
B. Standard
2.7
If a number is multiplied by 5/2 and 2/3 is added, the result is −7/12. Find the number.
2.8
A positive number is 5 times another. If 21 is added to both, one becomes twice the other. Find the numbers.
2.9
The digits of a two-digit number differ by 3. The number and its reverse add up to 143. Find the number.
2.10
Write the slope and y-intercept of (i) 2y = 4x + 7 (ii) 5y = 6x − 10 (iii) 3y = 6x − 11. Which lines are parallel?
2.11
Kelvin x and Fahrenheit y are related by y = (9/5)(x − 273) + 32. Find y when x = 313, and x when y = 158.
2.12
Work done is W = F × d. If F = 3, write W in terms of d and find it for d = 2.
2.13
A matchstick pattern needs 5n + 1 matchsticks at stage n. How many are needed at stage 15? Can 200 matchsticks make a stage?
2.14
A mobile plan costs ₹300 for 6 GB and ₹420 for 10 GB. Find the relation y = ax + b and the cost of 15 GB.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
2.15
Find the linear polynomial through (1, 5) and (3, 11) and where it cuts the axes.
2.16
p(x) = ax + b and q(x) = cx + d satisfy p(0) = 5, p(x) + q(x) = 6x + 4, and p(x) − q(x) cuts the x-axis at (3, 0). Find p and q.
2.17
p(x) passes through (2, 3) and (6, 11); q(x) is parallel to p and passes through (4, −1). Find both and their x-intercepts.
2.18
Show that all lines f(x) = ax + a with a > 0 share a common point.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Stepwise Solutions (Q 2.1 – Q 2.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 2: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 2.1
(i)0, constant
(ii)1, linear
(iii)2, quadratic
(iv)3, cubic
Question 2.2
9
4a3 − a2 + 6
Question 2.3
For example 2x3 − 7x2 + 5x − 1.
Question 2.4
P(n) = 800 + 250n.
After 6 months ₹2,300
after 24 months ₹6,800.
Question 2.5
Slope −3, y-intercept 4, point (0, 4).
Question 2.6
(i)growth (a = 2 > 0)
(ii)decay (a = −4 < 0)
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Stepwise Solutions (Q 2.7 – Q 2.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 2 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 2.7
(5/2)x + 2/3 = −7/12 gives (5/2)x = −15/12 = −5/4, so x = −1/2.
Question 2.8
5x + 21 = 2(x + 21) gives 3x = 21
x = 7.
The numbers are 7 and 35.
Question 2.9
Tens digit x, units x − 3: 22x − 33 = 143, x = 8.
The number is 85 (or 58, with the digits swapped).
Question 2.10
(i)2, 7/2
(ii)6/5, −2
(iii)2, −11/3.
Lines (i) and (iii) are parallel (slope 2).
Question 2.11
y = (9/5)(40) + 32
= 104.
158 − 32 = (9/5)(x − 273) gives x − 273 = 70
x = 343.
Question 2.12
W = 3d
W = 6 units.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials Stepwise Solutions (Q 2.13 – Q 2.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 2 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 2.13
5(15) + 1 = 76.
5n + 1 = 200 gives n = 39.8, not a whole number, so no.
Question 2.14
4a = 120
a = 30
b = 300 − 180
= 120.
y = 30x + 120
for 15 GB, y = ₹570.
Question 2.15
p(x) = 3x + 2
cuts the axes at (0, 2) and (−2/3, 0).
Question 2.16
b = 5
a + c = 6
d = −1.
p − q = (a − c)x + 6 with 3(a − c) + 6 = 0, so a − c = −2.
Then a = 2, c = 4: p(x) = 2x + 5, q(x) = 4x − 1.
Question 2.17
p(x) = 2x − 1
q(x) = 2x − 9. x-intercepts (1/2, 0) and (9/2, 0).
Question 2.18
a(x + 1) = 0 gives x = −1: all pass through (−1, 0).
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 3
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

The World of Numbers

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Natural numbers N {1, 2, 3, …} , born from one-to-one correspondence.
Zero a − a = 0 ; a + 0 = a ; a − 0 = a ; a × 0 = 0 .
Integers Z {…, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, …} . Positive: fortune (dhana). Negative: debt (ṛiṇa).
Sign rules (+)(+) = + , (−)(−) = + , (+)(−) = − .
Rational numbers Q p / q with p , q integers and q ≠ 0 . Every integer n = n /1 . Lowest terms: gcd ( p , q ) = 1 .
Density Between rationals a and b lies their average ( a + b )/2 . Distance between them: | a − b | .
Irrational numbers Cannot be written as p / q : for example √2, √3, π. Proved by contradiction.
Real numbers R Rational and irrational numbers together: every point of the number line.
Decimals Rational: terminating or repeating. Irrational: non-terminating and non-repeating.
Terminating test In lowest terms p / q terminates when q = 2 m × 5 n .
Repeating to p / q Multiply by 10 k ( k = length of the repeating block) and subtract.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.1 Counting and Natural Numbers Ganita Manjari · Class 9
3.1

Counting and Natural Numbers

Key Idea
One-to-one correspondence matches each object of one collection with exactly one object of another, such as one pebble for each returning cow. This gave the natural numbers N = {1, 2, 3, 4, …} .

Lebombo bone (~35,000 years ago): 29 deliberate notches, probably a lunar-phase tally.

Ishango bone (~20,000 BCE, near the Nile): columns of marks grouping the primes 11, 13, 17, 19 and doublings.

Lothal and Harappa: standard cubic weights and measures supported long-distance trade.

Vedic and Buddhist texts named large powers of 10: up to 1012 (parārdha) and, in the Lalitavistara, up to 1053 (tallakṣaṇa).

Example 1
A merchant in Lothal exchanges 2 bags of spices for 15 copper ingots. How many ingots will he get for 12 bags?
Solution. Rate of exchange = 15/2 ingots per bag.
Ingots for 12 bags = 12 × 15/2.
= 6 × 15.
= 90.
He receives 90 copper ingots.
Example 2
At the same rate, how many bags of spices buy 60 ingots?
Solution. Bags needed = 60 ÷ 15/2.
= 60 × 2/15.
= 8.
So 8 bags of spices buy 60 ingots.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.2 Zero: Śhūnya Ganita Manjari · Class 9
3.2

Zero: Śhūnya

Key Idea
Brahmagupta (628 CE) defined zero as a − a = 0 and gave its rules: a + 0 = a , a − 0 = a , a × 0 = 0 .

Babylonians and Mayans used a blank or a mark as a placeholder; Indian mathematicians treated zero as a number that can be added, subtracted and multiplied.

The Bakhśhālī manuscript (early centuries CE) shows the earliest zero as a solid dot, the bindu.

Śhūnyatā, the philosophical idea of emptiness, helped Āryabhaṭa and Brahmagupta accept zero.

Example 3
Evaluate (9 + 0) − 0 + 4 × 0 using the rules for zero.
Solution. 9 + 0 = 9.
9 − 0 = 9.
4 × 0 = 0.
So the value is 9 + 0 = 9.
Example 4
Show that 12 − 12 = 0 and find 0 × (−8).
Solution. By definition, a − a = 0 with a = 12.
So 12 − 12 = 0.
By the rule a × 0 = 0, 0 × (−8) = 0.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.3 Integers: Fortunes and Debts Ganita Manjari · Class 9
3.3

Integers: Fortunes and Debts

Key Idea
The integers are Z = {…, −3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3, …} . Positive integers are fortunes (dhana, moves right of zero); negative integers are debts (ṛiṇa, moves left of zero).
Product Sign Example
positive × positive positive 3 × 4 = 12
negative × negative positive (−3) × (−4) = 12
positive × negative negative 3 × (−4) = −12

Why (−)(−) = +: a negative is a debt; taking away 4 debts of ₹3 leaves you ₹12 richer, so (−3) × (−4) = +12.

Use brackets around a negative number inside an expression, and add or subtract signed numbers carefully.

Example 5
A trader borrows ₹850, then earns a profit of ₹1200, then suffers a loss of ₹450. Find his final standing.
Solution. Debt = −850, profit = +1200, loss = −450.
Net standing = (−850) + 1200 + (−450).
= 1200 − 850 − 450.
= 1200 − 1300.
= −100.
His final standing is a debt of ₹100.
Example 6
Evaluate (−5) × (−8) − 12.
Solution. (−5) × (−8) = 40.
40 − 12 = 28.
Example 7
A diver at 12 m below the surface rises 5 m and then dives 9 m. Find the final depth.
Solution. Start: −12.
After rising 5 m: −12 + 5 = −7.
After diving 9 m: −7 − 9 = −16.
The diver is 16 m below the surface.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.4 Rational Numbers and Density Ganita Manjari · Class 9
3.4

Rational Numbers and Density

Key Idea
A rational number is p / q with p , q integers and q ≠ 0 . The set is Q . Division by zero has no meaning, so q = 0 is not allowed.

Every integer is rational: n = n/1.

A rational number has many forms: −1/3 = −2/6 = −10/30. The standard form is lowest terms, with gcd(p, q) = 1.

Absolute value |x| is the distance of x from 0 on the number line. The distance between a and b is |a − b|.

Density: between any two rational numbers there is always another, namely their average. So there are infinitely many in between.

Mathematical Diagram
Example 8
Find three rational numbers between 1 and 3/2.
Solution. First average: m1 = (1 + 3/2)/2.
= (5/2)/2.
= 5/4.
Average of 1 and 5/4: m2 = (1 + 5/4)/2.
= (9/4)/2.
= 9/8.
Average of 5/4 and 3/2: m3 = (5/4 + 6/4)/2.
= (11/4)/2.
= 11/8.
Three rational numbers are 9/8, 5/4 and 11/8.
Example 9
Write −18/24 in lowest terms.
Solution. gcd(18, 24) = 6.
−18/24 = −(18 ÷ 6)/(24 ÷ 6).
= −3/4.
Example 10
Find the distance between −3/2 and 5/4 on the number line.
Solution. Distance = |−3/2 − 5/4|.
= |−6/4 − 5/4|.
= |−11/4|.
= 11/4.
Example 11
Find a rational number between 2/3 and 3/4.
Solution. Write with a common denominator: 2/3 = 8/12 and 3/4 = 9/12.
Average = (8/12 + 9/12)/2.
= (17/12)/2.
= 17/24.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.5 Irrational Numbers Ganita Manjari · Class 9
3.5

Irrational Numbers

Key Idea
A number that cannot be written as p / q is irrational . Around 800 BCE Baudhāyana met one: the diagonal of a unit square, d 2 = 1 2 + 1 2 = 2 , so d = √2 .
Fig. 3.1 Constructing √2 on the number line: OB^2 = 1^2 + 1^2 = 2.
Fig. 3.1 Constructing √2 on the number line: OB^2 = 1^2 + 1^2 = 2.

Proof by contradiction: assume the opposite, reach an impossible conclusion, and so reject the assumption.

Āryabhaṭa (499 CE) gave the approximation π ≈ 3927/1250 = 3.1416 and called it āsanna, “approximate”.

Mādhava (14th century, Kerala) found an infinite series for π, since an irrational number needs an unending process:

Mathematical Diagram
Example 12
Prove that √2 is irrational.
Solution. Assume √2 is rational.
Then √2 = p/q with p, q integers, q ≠ 0, and gcd(p, q) = 1.
Squaring: 2 = p2/q2.
So p2 = 2q2.
Hence p2 is even, so p is even.
Let p = 2k.
Then (2k)2 = 2q2.
4k2 = 2q2.
q2 = 2k2.
Hence q2 is even, so q is even.
So p and q are both even and share the factor 2.
This contradicts gcd(p, q) = 1.
Therefore √2 is irrational.
Example 13
Show that 3 + √2 is irrational.
Solution. Assume 3 + √2 = r, where r is rational.
Then √2 = r − 3.
r − 3 is rational, being a difference of rational numbers.
So √2 is rational.
This contradicts the fact that √2 is irrational.
Therefore 3 + √2 is irrational.
Example 14
Locate √2 on the number line.
Solution. Mark O at 0 and A at 1.
At A draw AB ⊥ OA with AB = 1.
Join OB.
OB2 = 12 + 12
= 2.
So OB = √2.
With centre O and radius OB draw an arc to cut the number line at P.
P represents √2 ≈ 1.414.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers 3.6 Real Numbers and Decimals Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 15
Say whether each is rational or irrational: 0.25, √16, √7, 22/7, π, 0.101001000…
Solution. 0.25 = 1/4: rational.
√16 = 4: rational.
√7: 7 is not a perfect square, so irrational.
22/7 is a fraction of integers: rational.
π: irrational.

0.101001000… never terminates and never repeats: irrational.

3.6

Real Numbers and Decimals

Key Idea
The real numbers R are the rational and irrational numbers together: they fill the whole number line.
Fig. 3.2 How the number sets fit together.
Fig. 3.2 How the number sets fit together.
Type Decimal form Example
Rational Terminating or repeating block 3/8 = 0.375; 1/7 =
Irrational Non-terminating and non-repeating √2 = 1.41421356…; π = 3.14159265…

Terminating test: write p/q in lowest terms. The decimal terminates exactly when q = 2m × 5n (no other prime factors).

Mathematical Expression

Cyclic number: 1/7 = . Multiplying 142857 by 1 to 6 only rotates its digits, for example 142857 × 2 = 285714.

Repeating to fraction: let x be the decimal; multiply by 10k where k is the number of repeating digits; subtract to remove the repeating part.

Example 16
Without dividing, say whether 7/20 and 5/12 have terminating decimals.
Solution. 7/20 is in lowest terms and 20 = 22 × 5.
Only 2 and 5 occur, so 7/20 terminates.
7/20 = 35/100.
= 0.35.
5/12 is in lowest terms and 12 = 22 × 3.
The prime factor 3 occurs, so 5/12 does not terminate: it repeats.
Example 17
Express in the form p/q.
Solution. Let x = 0.6666….
Then 10x = 6.6666….
Subtract: 10x − x = 6.6666… − 0.6666….
9x = 6.
x = 6/9.
x = 2/3.
Example 18
Express in the form p/q.
Solution. Let x = 0.1666….
10x = 1.6666….
100x = 16.6666….
Subtract: 100x − 10x = 16.6666… − 1.6666….
90x = 15.
x = 15/90.
x = 1/6.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Chapter Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 19
Express in the form p/q.
Solution. Let x = 0.363636….
Two digits repeat, so multiply by 100: 100x = 36.363636….
Subtract: 100x − x = 36.3636… − 0.3636….
99x = 36.
x = 36/99.
x = 4/11.
Example 20
Show that = 1.
Solution. Let x = 0.9999….
10x = 9.9999….
Subtract: 10x − x = 9.9999… − 0.9999….
9x = 9.
x = 1.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply & Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 3: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
3.1
State which of −3, 0, 5/2, √2 are integers, which are rational and which are irrational.
3.2
Evaluate (−6) × (−7) + (−15).
3.3
At a Lothal market 2 bags of spices cost 15 ingots. How many ingots do 10 bags cost?
3.4
Which of 7/20, 5/12, 3/8, 1/7 have terminating decimals?
Mathematical Expression

Express as p/q.

3.5
A trader borrows ₹1200, earns ₹2000 and then loses ₹950. Find his final standing.
B. Standard
3.6
Find three rational numbers between 1/2 and 3/4 using averages.
3.7
Find the distance between −5/2 and 3/4 on the number line.
Mathematical Expression

Express as p/q.

Mathematical Expression

Express as p/q.

3.8
Write −42/56 in lowest terms.
3.9
Say whether each is rational or irrational: 0.125, √25, √11, 3.1416, 0.1010010001…
3.10
Show that 2√2 is irrational, given that √2 is irrational.
3.11
Between which two consecutive integers does √7 lie?
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
3.12
Prove that √3 is irrational.
3.13
Without dividing, decide which of 13/80, 11/30, 9/125, 17/48 terminate.
Mathematical Expression

* Express as p/q.

3.14
Using the cyclic number 142857, find 142857 × 3 and 142857 × 5 and describe what you notice.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Stepwise Solutions (Q 3.1 – Q 3.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 3: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 3.1
−3: integer and rational.
0: integer and rational.
5/2: rational, not an integer.
√2: irrational.
Question 3.2
(−6) × (−7) = 42.
42 + (−15) = 27.
Question 3.3
Rate = 15/2 ingots per bag.
Cost = 10 × 15/2.
= 75 ingots.
Question 3.4
20 = 22 × 5: 7/20 terminates (0.35).
12 = 22 × 3: 5/12 does not terminate.
8 = 23: 3/8 terminates (0.375).
7 is a factor of the denominator of 1/7: it does not terminate.
Answer: 7/20 and 3/8.
Question 3.5
Let x = 0.7777….
10x = 7.7777….
10x − x = 7.
9x = 7.
x = 7/9.
Question 3.6
Net = −1200 + 2000 − 950.
= 2000 − 2150.
= −150.
He has a debt of ₹150.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Stepwise Solutions (Q 3.7 – Q 3.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 3 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 3.7
m1 = (1/2 + 3/4)/2
= (5/4)/2
= 5/8.
m2 = (1/2 + 5/8)/2
= (9/8)/2
= 9/16.
m3 = (5/8 + 3/4)/2
= (11/8)/2
= 11/16.
The numbers are 9/16, 5/8 and 11/16.
Question 3.8
Distance = |−5/2 − 3/4|.
= |−10/4 − 3/4|.
= |−13/4|.
= 13/4.
Question 3.9
Let x = 0.272727….
100x = 27.272727….
100x − x = 27.
99x = 27.
x = 27/99
= 3/11.
Question 3.10
Let x = 0.2333….
10x = 2.333….
100x = 23.333….
100x − 10x = 23.333… − 2.333…
= 21.
90x = 21.
x = 21/90
= 7/30.
Question 3.11
gcd(42, 56) = 14.
−42/56 = −(42 ÷ 14)/(56 ÷ 14).
= −3/4.
Question 3.12
0.125 = 1/8: rational.
√25 = 5: rational.
√11: 11 is not a perfect square, so irrational.
3.1416 terminates: rational (it only approximates π).
0.1010010001… neither terminates nor repeats: irrational.
Chapter 3: The World of Numbers Stepwise Solutions (Q 3.13 – Q 3.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 3 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 3.13
Assume 2√2 = r, a rational number.
Then √2 = r/2.
r/2 is rational.
This contradicts the irrationality of √2.
Hence 2√2 is irrational.
Question 3.14
4 < 7 < 9.
So √4 < √7 < √9.
2 < √7 < 3.
Question 3.15
Assume √3 = p/q with gcd(p, q) = 1, q ≠ 0.
Squaring: 3q2 = p2.
So 3 divides p2, hence 3 divides p.
Let p = 3k.
3q2 = 9k2.
q2 = 3k2.
So 3 divides q2, hence 3 divides q.
Both p and q are divisible by 3: this contradicts gcd(p, q) = 1.
Therefore √3 is irrational.
Question 3.16
80 = 24 × 5: terminates.
30 = 2 × 3 × 5: the factor 3 prevents termination.
125 = 53: terminates.
48 = 24 × 3: the factor 3 prevents termination.
Answer: 13/80 and 9/125.
Question 3.17
Let x = 0.142857142857….
Six digits repeat, so 106 x = 142857.142857….
Subtract: 999999x = 142857.
x = 142857/999999.
142857 × 7 = 999999, so x = 1/7.
Question 3.18
142857 × 3 = 428571.
142857 × 5 = 714285.
The same digits appear in the same cyclic order, starting at a different place.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 4
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Exploring Algebraic Identities

The eleven identities at a glance

No. Identity
1 ( x + y ) 2 = x 2 + 2 x y + y 2
2 ( x − y ) 2 = x 2 − 2 x y + y 2
3 ( x + y + z ) 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + 2 x y + 2 y z + 2 z x
4 ( x + y )( x − y ) = x 2 − y 2
5 ( x + a )( x + b ) = x 2 + ( a + b ) x + a b
6 ( a x + b )( c x + d ) = a c x 2 + ( a d + b c ) x + b d
7 ( x + y ) 3 = x 3 + 3 x 2 y + 3 x y 2 + y 3
8 ( x − y ) 3 = x 3 − 3 x 2 y + 3 x y 2 − y 3
9 x 3 + y 3 = ( x + y )( x 2 − x y + y 2 )
10 x 3 − y 3 = ( x − y )( x 2 + x y + y 2 )
11 x 3 + y 3 + z 3 − 3 x y z = ( x + y + z )( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − x y − y z − z x )
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.1 Identities and Equations Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.1

Identities and Equations

Key Idea
An algebraic identity is an equality that is true for every value of its variables. An equation is true only for particular values of the variable.

Equation: x2 − 1 = 24 holds only for x = 5 and x = −5.

Identity: (a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 holds for all values of a and b: positive, negative, zero or rational.

Identities can be read both ways: expand when you multiply, factorise when you reverse.

Example 1
Take the consecutive squares 16, 25, 36. Add the smallest and largest and subtract twice the middle one.
Solution. Smallest + largest = 16 + 36 = 52.
Twice the middle = 2 × 25 = 50.
Result = 52 − 50 = 2.
The same happens for 1, 4, 9 and for 9, 16, 25.
We prove it for all cases in Section 4.3.
Example 2
Is x2 − 1 = 24 an identity?
Solution. Solve: x2 = 25.
So x = 5 or x = −5.
Try x = 0: LHS = −1 ≠ 24.
It fails for most values, so it is an equation, not an identity.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.2 The Square of a Sum Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.2

The Square of a Sum

Key Idea
( a + b ) 2 = a 2 + 2 a b + b 2
Fig. 4.1 A square of side a + b split into a^2, b^2 and two rectangles ab.
Fig. 4.1 A square of side a + b split into a^2, b^2 and two rectangles ab.

Area of the big square = (a + b)2.

The same area = a2 + ab + ab + b2 = a2 + 2ab + b2.

Mental squares: split a number into a round number and a small one.

Example 3
Expand (5x + 2y)2.
Solution. Take a = 5x and b = 2y.
a2 = (5x)2
= 25x2.
2ab = 2(5x)(2y)
= 20xy.
b2 = (2y)2
= 4y2.
(5x + 2y)2 = 25x2 + 20xy + 4y2.
Example 4
Find 432 using an identity.
Solution. Write 43 = 40 + 3.
432 = (40 + 3)2.
= 402 + 2(40)(3) + 32.
= 1600 + 240 + 9.
= 1849.
Example 5
Find 1022.
Solution. 102 = 100 + 2.
1022 = 1002 + 2(100)(2) + 22.
= 10000 + 400 + 4.
= 10404.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.3 The Square of a Difference and Factorisation Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.3

The Square of a Difference and Factorisation

Key Idea
( a − b ) 2 = a 2 − 2 a b + b 2 Read backwards, a 2 ± 2 a b + b 2 factorises as ( a ± b ) 2 .
Fig. 4.2 (a − b)^2 = a^2 − 2b(a − b) − b^2 by removing strips from a square of side a.
Fig. 4.2 (a − b)^2 = a^2 − 2b(a − b) − b^2 by removing strips from a square of side a.

To factorise a trinomial, first take out any common factor.

Then check whether two terms are perfect squares and the middle term is twice the product of their roots.

Example 6
Expand (3p − 4q)2.
Solution. Take a = 3p and b = 4q.
a2 = 9p2.
2ab = 2(3p)(4q)
= 24pq.
b2 = 16q2.
(3p − 4q)2 = 9p2 − 24pq + 16q2.
Example 7
Find 972.
Solution. 97 = 100 − 3.
972 = 1002 − 2(100)(3) + 32.
= 10000 − 600 + 9.
= 9409.
Example 8
Prove that for any three consecutive squares, (smallest + largest) − 2(middle) = 2.
Solution. Let the three integers be n − 1, n, n + 1.
(n − 1)2 = n2 − 2n + 1.
(n + 1)2 = n2 + 2n + 1.
Sum of smallest and largest = 2n2 + 2.
Twice the middle = 2n2.
Difference = (2n2 + 2) − 2n2 = 2.
This holds for every n, so the result is always 2.
Example 9
Factorise completely 50p2 + 60pq + 18q2.
Solution. Common factor 2: 50p2 + 60pq + 18q2 = 2(25p2 + 30pq + 9q2).
25p2 = (5p)2 and 9q2 = (3q)2.
30pq = 2(5p)(3q).
So 25p2 + 30pq + 9q2 = (5p + 3q)2.
Hence 50p2 + 60pq + 18q2 = 2(5p + 3q)2.
Example 10
Factorise 4x2 − 12x + 9.
Solution. 4x2 = (2x)2 and 9 = 32.
12x = 2(2x)(3).
So 4x2 − 12x + 9 = (2x − 3)2.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.4 Three Terms and the Difference of Squares Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.4

Three Terms and the Difference of Squares

Key Idea
( a + b + c ) 2 = a 2 + b 2 + c 2 + 2 a b + 2 b c + 2 c a ( a + b )( a − b ) = a 2 − b 2

For the first identity put d = b + c, expand (a + d)2, then expand d2.

Śhrīdharāchārya’s method (750 CE): from a2 − b2 = (a + b)(a − b) we get N2 = (N + b)(N − b) + b2. Choose b so that N + b or N − b is a round number.

Keep the sign with each term when a term is negative: (3x − 2y + 4z)2 has b = −2y.

Example 11
Expand (3x − 2y + 4z)2.
Solution. Take a = 3x, b = −2y, c = 4z.
a2 + b2 + c2 = 9x2 + 4y2 + 16z2.
2ab = 2(3x)(−2y)
= −12xy.
2bc = 2(−2y)(4z)
= −16yz.
2ca = 2(4z)(3x)
= 24zx.
Sum: 9x2 + 4y2 + 16z2 − 12xy − 16yz + 24zx.
Example 12
Calculate 552 by Śhrīdharāchārya’s method.
Solution. Choose b = 5.
552 = (55 + 5)(55 − 5) + 52.
= 60 × 50 + 25.
= 3000 + 25.
= 3025.
Example 13
Calculate 982 by the same method.
Solution. Choose b = 2.
982 = (98 + 2)(98 − 2) + 22.
= 100 × 96 + 4.
= 9604.
Example 14
Find 103 × 97.
Solution. 103 = 100 + 3 and 97 = 100 − 3.
103 × 97 = (100 + 3)(100 − 3).
= 1002 − 32.
= 10000 − 9.
= 9991.
Example 15
If a + b + c = 9 and ab + bc + ca = 26, find a2 + b2 + c2.
Solution. (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca).
81 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 52.
a2 + b2 + c2 = 81 − 52.
= 29.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.5 Products of Binomials and Splitting the Middle Term Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.5

Products of Binomials and Splitting the Middle Term

Key Idea
( x + a )( x + b ) = x 2 + ( a + b ) x + a b ( a x + b )( c x + d ) = a c x 2 + ( a d + b c ) x + b d
Fig. 4.3 Algebra tiles: a rectangle made of one x^2 tile, seven x tiles and twelve unit tiles.
Fig. 4.3 Algebra tiles: a rectangle made of one x^2 tile, seven x tiles and twelve unit tiles.

To factorise x2 + Bx + C, find two numbers a and b with sum B and product C.

Then split the middle term and group in pairs.

For px2 + qx + r, find two numbers whose product is pr and whose sum is q.

Signs: if C > 0 both numbers have the sign of B; if C < 0 they have opposite signs.

Example 16
Expand (x + 7)(x − 3).
Solution. Here a = 7 and b = −3.
a + b = 4.
ab = −21.
(x + 7)(x − 3) = x2 + 4x − 21.
Example 17
Factorise x2 + 7x + 12.
Solution. Need sum 7 and product 12.
The numbers are 3 and 4.
x2 + 7x + 12 = x2 + 3x + 4x + 12.
= x(x + 3) + 4(x + 3).
= (x + 3)(x + 4).
Example 18
Factorise x2 − 5x + 6.
Solution. Need sum −5 and product 6.
Both numbers are negative: −2 and −3.
x2 − 5x + 6 = x2 − 2x − 3x + 6.
= x(x − 2) − 3(x − 2).
= (x − 2)(x − 3).
Example 19
Factorise x2 + 2x − 15.
Solution. Need sum 2 and product −15.
The numbers are 5 and −3.
x2 + 2x − 15 = x2 + 5x − 3x − 15.
= x(x + 5) − 3(x + 5).
= (x + 5)(x − 3).
Example 20
Factorise 6x2 + 11x + 3.
Solution. pr = 6 × 3
= 18 and the sum must be 11.
The numbers are 9 and 2.
6x2 + 11x + 3 = 6x2 + 9x + 2x + 3.
= 3x(2x + 3) + 1(2x + 3).
= (2x + 3)(3x + 1).
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.7 Cubic Identities Ganita Manjari · Class 9
4.7

Cubic Identities

Key Idea
( a + b ) 3 = a 3 + 3 a 2 b + 3 a b 2 + b 3 = a 3 + b 3 + 3 a b ( a + b ) ( a − b ) 3 = a 3 − 3 a 2 b + 3 a b 2 − b 3 = a 3 − b 3 − 3 a b ( a − b ) x 3 + y 3 = ( x + y )( x 2 − x y + y 2 ) x 3 − y 3 = ( x − y )( x 2 + x y + y 2 ) x 3 + y 3 + z 3 − 3 x y z = ( x + y + z )( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − x y − y z − z x )

A cube of edge a + b splits into cubes a3 and b3 and six cuboids: three of a2b and three of ab2.

In x2 − xy + y2 and x2 + xy + y2 the middle sign is opposite to the sign in the bracket on the left for the sum of cubes, and the same for the difference of cubes.

If x + y + z = 0, then x3 + y3 + z3 = 3xyz.

Example 21
Expand (2x + 3)3.
Solution. Take a = 2x and b = 3.
a3 = 8x3.
3a2b = 3(4x2)(3)
= 36x2.
3ab2 = 3(2x)(9)
= 54x.
b3 = 27.
(2x + 3)3 = 8x3 + 36x2 + 54x + 27.
Example 22
Expand (3y − 2)3.
Solution. Take a = 3y and b = 2.
a3 = 27y3.
3a2b = 3(9y2)(2)
= 54y2.
3ab2 = 3(3y)(4)
= 36y.
b3 = 8.
(3y − 2)3 = 27y3 − 54y2 + 36y − 8.
Example 23
Find 1013.
Solution. 101 = 100 + 1.
1013 = 1003 + 3(100)2(1) + 3(100)(1)2 + 13.
= 1000000 + 30000 + 300 + 1.
= 1030301.
Example 24
Factorise 27x3 + 8.
Solution. 27x3 = (3x)3 and 8 = 23.
Use a3 + b3 = (a + b)(a2 − ab + b2) with a = 3x, b = 2.
= (3x + 2)((3x)2 − (3x)(2) + 22).
= (3x + 2)(9x2 − 6x + 4).
Example 25
Factorise x3 − 64.
Solution. 64 = 43.
Use a3 − b3 = (a − b)(a2 + ab + b2) with a = x, b = 4.
= (x − 4)(x2 + 4x + 16).
Example 26
If x + y = 7 and xy = 10, find x3 + y3.
Solution. x3 + y3 = (x + y)3 − 3xy(x + y).
= 73 − 3(10)(7).
= 343 − 210.
= 133.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities 4.8 Simplifying Expressions and Word Problems Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 27
Given x + y + z = 10, xyz = 25 and x2 + y2 + z2 = 38, find x3 + y3 + z3.
Solution. (x + y + z)2 = x2 + y2 + z2 + 2(xy + yz + zx).
100 = 38 + 2(xy + yz + zx).
xy + yz + zx = 31.
Master identity: x3 + y3 + z3 − 3xyz = (x + y + z)(x2 + y2 + z2 − xy − yz − zx).
x3 + y3 + z3 − 75 = 10(38 − 31).
x3 + y3 + z3 − 75 = 70.
x3 + y3 + z3 = 145.
4.8

Simplifying Expressions and Word Problems

Key Idea
To simplify a rational expression, factorise numerator and denominator, then cancel non-zero common factors. State the values excluded because they make the denominator 0. In word problems form an equation, factorise to solve it, and reject answers that do not make sense (for example a negative length).
Example 28
Simplify (x2 − 9)/(x2 + x − 6).
Solution. Numerator: x2 − 9 = (x − 3)(x + 3).
Denominator: x2 + x − 6 = (x + 3)(x − 2).
(x2 − 9)/(x2 + x − 6) = (x − 3)(x + 3)/((x + 3)(x − 2)).
Cancel the common factor x + 3.
= (x − 3)/(x − 2), for x ≠ −3 and x ≠ 2.
Example 29
A rectangular pool has breadth 4 m less than its length and area 96 m². Find its dimensions.
Solution. Let length = x m.
Then breadth = (x − 4) m.
Area: x(x − 4) = 96.
x2 − 4x − 96 = 0.
Need sum −4 and product −96: the numbers are −12 and 8.
x2 − 12x + 8x − 96 = 0.
x(x − 12) + 8(x − 12) = 0.
(x − 12)(x + 8) = 0.
So x = 12 or x = −8.
Length cannot be negative, so x = 12.
Length = 12 m and breadth = 8 m.
Example 30
The sum of the squares of two consecutive positive integers is 61. Find them.
Solution. Let the integers be n and n + 1.
n2 + (n + 1)2 = 61.
2n2 + 2n + 1 = 61.
n2 + n − 30 = 0.
Need sum 1 and product −30: the numbers are 6 and −5.
n2 + 6n − 5n − 30 = 0.
n(n + 6) − 5(n + 6) = 0.
(n + 6)(n − 5) = 0.
Since n > 0, n = 5.
The integers are 5 and 6.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply & Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 4: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
4.1
Expand (2a + 3b)2.
4.2
Expand (x − 5)2.
4.3
Evaluate 612 using (60 + 1)2.
4.4
Factorise x2 + 8x + 16.
4.5
Expand (x + 3)(x + 5).
4.6
Factorise a3 + 27.
B. Standard
4.7
Expand (2x − y + 3z)2.
4.8
Find 103 × 97 using an identity.
4.9
Find 852 by Śhrīdharāchārya’s method.
4.10
Factorise x2 − 7x + 12.
4.11
Factorise 2x2 + 7x + 3.
4.12
Expand (3x + 2y)3.
4.13
If a + b = 6 and ab = 8, find a2 + b2 and a3 + b3.
4.14
Simplify (x2 − 16)/(x2 − x − 12).
4.15
A garden is 3 m shorter in breadth than in length and has area 54 m². Find its sides.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
4.16
Show that (n + 1)2 − (n − 1)2 is a multiple of 4 for every integer n.
4.17
If x + y + z = 9, xy + yz + zx = 26 and xyz = 24, find x3 + y3 + z3.
4.18
Factorise x4 − 81 completely.
4.19
If x + 1/x = 5, find x2 + 1/x2 and x3 + 1/x3.
4.20
Factorise x3 − 8y3.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Stepwise Solutions (Q 4.1 – Q 4.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 4: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 4.1
a-term: (2a)2 = 4a2.
Middle: 2(2a)(3b) = 12ab.
Last: (3b)2 = 9b2.
(2a + 3b)2 = 4a2 + 12ab + 9b2.
Question 4.2
(x − 5)2 = x2 − 2(x)(5) + 52.
= x2 − 10x + 25.
Question 4.3
612 = 602 + 2(60)(1) + 12.
= 3600 + 120 + 1.
= 3721.
Question 4.4
x2 = x2 and 16 = 42.
8x = 2(x)(4).
x2 + 8x + 16 = (x + 4)2.
Question 4.5
a + b = 8 and ab = 15.
(x + 3)(x + 5) = x2 + 8x + 15.
Question 4.6
27 = 33.
a3 + 27 = (a + 3)(a2 − 3a + 9).
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Stepwise Solutions (Q 4.7 – Q 4.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 4 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 4.7
a = 2x
b = −y
c = 3z.
Squares: 4x2 + y2 + 9z2.
2ab = −4xy.
2bc = −6yz.
2ca = 12zx.
Result: 4x2 + y2 + 9z2 − 4xy − 6yz + 12zx.
Question 4.8
103 × 97 = (100 + 3)(100 − 3).
= 1002 − 32.
= 9991.
Question 4.9
Choose b = 5.
852 = (85 + 5)(85 − 5) + 52.
= 90 × 80 + 25.
= 7225.
Question 4.10
Need sum −7 and product 12: the numbers are −3 and −4.
x2 − 3x − 4x + 12.
= x(x − 3) − 4(x − 3).
= (x − 3)(x − 4).
Question 4.11
pr = 6 and the sum must be 7: the numbers are 6 and 1.
2x2 + 6x + x + 3.
= 2x(x + 3) + 1(x + 3).
= (x + 3)(2x + 1).
Question 4.12
a = 3x
b = 2y.
a3 = 27x3.
3a2b = 3(9x2)(2y)
= 54x2y.
3ab2 = 3(3x)(4y2)
= 36xy2.
b3 = 8y3.
(3x + 2y)3 = 27x3 + 54x2y + 36xy2 + 8y3.
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Stepwise Solutions (Q 4.13 – Q 4.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 4 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 4.13
a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 − 2ab.
= 36 − 16.
= 20.
a3 + b3 = (a + b)3 − 3ab(a + b).
= 216 − 3(8)(6).
= 216 − 144.
= 72.
Question 4.14
Numerator: (x − 4)(x + 4).
Denominator: (x − 4)(x + 3).
Cancel x − 4.
= (x + 4)/(x + 3), for x ≠ 4 and x ≠ −3.
Question 4.15
Let length = x m, breadth = (x − 3) m.
x(x − 3) = 54.
x2 − 3x − 54 = 0.
(x − 9)(x + 6) = 0.
Length cannot be negative, so x = 9.
The garden is 9 m by 6 m.
Question 4.16
(n + 1)2 = n2 + 2n + 1.
(n − 1)2 = n2 − 2n + 1.
Difference = 4n.
4n is a multiple of 4.
Question 4.17
x2 + y2 + z2 = 92 − 2(26).
= 81 − 52.
= 29.
x3 + y3 + z3 − 3xyz = 9(29 − 26).
x3 + y3 + z3 − 72 = 27.
x3 + y3 + z3 = 99.
Question 4.18
x4 − 81 = (x2)2 − 92.
= (x2 − 9)(x2 + 9).
x2 − 9 = (x − 3)(x + 3).
x4 − 81 = (x − 3)(x + 3)(x2 + 9).
Chapter 4: Algebraic Identities Stepwise Solutions (Q 4.19 – Q 4.20) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 4 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 20
Question 4.19
(x + 1/x)2 = x2 + 2 + 1/x2.
25 = x2 + 2 + 1/x2.
x2 + 1/x2 = 23.
(x + 1/x)3 = x3 + 1/x3 + 3(x + 1/x).
125 = x3 + 1/x3 + 15.
x3 + 1/x3 = 110.
Question 4.20
8y3 = (2y)3.
x3 − (2y)3 = (x − 2y)(x2 + x(2y) + (2y)2).
= (x − 2y)(x2 + 2xy + 4y2).
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 5: Circles Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 5
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Circles

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Circle, locus All points at a fixed distance r from the centre. A locus is the set of points satisfying a condition.
Chord, diameter Chord joins two points of the circle. Diameter = 2 r is the longest chord.
Symmetry Rotation by any angle about the centre; reflection in every diameter.
Equidistant from A , B The perpendicular bisector of A B .
Circles through points 1 or 2 points: infinitely many. 3 collinear: none. 3 non-collinear: exactly one (circumcircle).
Circumcentre Meets the perpendicular bisectors. Acute: inside. Right: midpoint of hypotenuse. Obtuse: outside.
Equal chords Equal chords ⇔ equal angles at the centre ⇔ equal distances from the centre.
Perpendicular to a chord The perpendicular from the centre bisects the chord. L = 2√( r 2 − d 2 ) .
Longer chord Longer chord is closer to the centre. Diameter: d = 0 .
Inscribed angle Angle at the centre = 2 × angle at the circumference on the same arc.
Same segment, semicircle Angles in the same segment are equal. Angle in a semicircle = 90° .
Cyclic quadrilateral Opposite angles sum to 180° (and the converse). Exterior angle = interior opposite angle.
Brahmagupta’s formula Area of a cyclic quadrilateral = √(( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )( s − d )) , s = semi-perimeter.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.1 The Circle and Locus Ganita Manjari · Class 9
5.1

The Circle and Locus

Key Idea
A circle is the set of all points in a plane at the same distance from a fixed point, the centre . That constant distance is the radius r . A set of points satisfying a condition is a locus . So a circle is the locus of points at distance r from the centre.

A chord joins two points of the circle. A chord through the centre is a diameter: d = 2r, the longest chord.

An arc is a connected part of the circle. A diameter cuts the circle into two semicircles.

All radii of a circle are equal. This is used in almost every proof.

Example 1
A circle has radius 7.5 cm. Find its diameter and the length of its longest chord.
Solution. Diameter = 2r.
= 2 × 7.5.
= 15 cm.
The longest chord is a diameter.
So the longest chord is 15 cm.
Example 2
A point moves so that it is always 4 cm from a fixed point O. What is its locus? What if it must be at most 4 cm from O?
Solution. Points at a fixed distance 4 cm from O form a circle with centre O and radius 4 cm.
Points at most 4 cm from O fill that circle and its inside.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.2 Symmetries of a Circle Ganita Manjari · Class 9
5.2

Symmetries of a Circle

Key Idea
A circle looks the same after rotation about its centre by any angle , and after reflection in any diameter . The locus of points equidistant from two points A and B is the perpendicular bisector of A B .

So a circle has infinitely many lines of symmetry: every diameter.

A circle is determined by its centre and radius.

Example 3
How many lines of symmetry does a circle have?
Solution. Fold the circle along any diameter.
The two halves coincide.
There are infinitely many diameters.
So a circle has infinitely many lines of symmetry.
Example 4
Points A and B are 6 cm apart. Describe the locus of points equidistant from them.
Solution. The locus is the perpendicular bisector of AB.
It passes through the midpoint M of AB.
AM = MB
= 3 cm.
Every point of the locus is at equal distances from A and B.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.3 Circles Through Given Points Ganita Manjari · Class 9
5.3

Circles Through Given Points

Key Idea
Theorem 1. Exactly one circle passes through three non-collinear points A , B , C . It is the circumcircle of triangle A B C . Its centre is the circumcentre , where the perpendicular bisectors of the sides meet.
Fig. 5.1 Position of the circumcentre O for acute, right and obtuse triangles.
Fig. 5.1 Position of the circumcentre O for acute, right and obtuse triangles.
Fig. 5.2 Circles through two points A and B: their centres lie on the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Fig. 5.2 Circles through two points A and B: their centres lie on the perpendicular bisector of AB.

Through 1 point: infinitely many circles. Through 2 points A, B: infinitely many; their centres lie on the perpendicular bisector of AB.

The smallest circle through A and B has AB as diameter: radius = AB/2.

Through 3 collinear points: no circle, since the perpendicular bisectors are parallel and never meet.

Right triangle: circumcentre is the midpoint of the hypotenuse, so circumradius = hypotenuse / 2.

Example 5
Two points are 14 cm apart. Find the least possible radius of a circle through both.
Solution. The smallest such circle has the segment as diameter.
rmin = 14/2.
= 7 cm.
Example 6
A right triangle has sides 9 cm, 12 cm and 15 cm. Find its circumradius.
Solution. 92 + 122 = 81 + 144
= 225
= 152, so it is a right triangle.
The hypotenuse is 15 cm.
The circumcentre is the midpoint of the hypotenuse.
Circumradius = 15/2.
= 7.5 cm.
Example 7
Can a circle pass through A(0, 0), B(2, 0) and C(4, 0)?
Solution. All three points lie on the x-axis, so they are collinear.
Three collinear points lie on no circle.
So no such circle exists.
Example 8
A triangle has angles 40°, 100° and 40°. Where does its circumcentre lie?
Solution. One angle is 100°, which is obtuse.
The triangle is obtuse-angled.
So the circumcentre lies outside the triangle.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.4 Chords and the Angles They Subtend Ganita Manjari · Class 9
5.4

Chords and the Angles They Subtend

Key Idea
Theorem 2. Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angles at the centre. Theorem 3. Chords that subtend equal angles at the centre are equal.

Proof of Theorem 2 uses SSS congruence; proof of Theorem 3 uses SAS congruence.

A longer chord subtends a larger angle at the centre.

Fig. 5.3 Equal chords AB and CD subtend equal angles at the centre O.
Fig. 5.3 Equal chords AB and CD subtend equal angles at the centre O.
Example 9
Prove Theorem 2: equal chords AB and CD of a circle with centre O subtend equal angles at O.
Solution. Join OA, OB, OC, OD.
In Δ OAB and Δ OCD: OA = OC (radii).
OB = OD (radii).
AB = CD (given).
So Δ OAB ≅ Δ OCD (SSS).
Hence ∠AOB = ∠COD (corresponding parts).
Example 10
Prove Theorem 3: if ∠AOB = ∠COD then AB = CD.
Solution. In Δ OAB and Δ OCD: OA = OC (radii).
∠AOB = ∠COD (given).
OB = OD (radii).
So Δ OAB ≅ Δ OCD (SAS).
Hence AB = CD.
Example 11
Chords AB and CD of a circle are equal and ∠AOB = 64°. Find ∠COD.
Solution. Equal chords subtend equal angles at the centre.
∠COD = ∠AOB.
= 64°.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.5 Perpendiculars from the Centre and Distances of Chords Ganita Manjari · Class 9
5.5

Perpendiculars from the Centre and Distances of Chords

Key Idea
Theorem 5. The perpendicular from the centre to a chord bisects the chord. (Converse: the line from the centre to the midpoint of a chord is perpendicular to it.) For a chord of length L at distance d from the centre: r 2 = d 2 + ( L /2) 2 , so L = 2√( r 2 − d 2 ) .
Fig. 5.4 The perpendicular OM from the centre O bisects the chord AB.
Fig. 5.4 The perpendicular OM from the centre O bisects the chord AB.
Key Idea
Theorems 6 and 7. Equal chords are equally far from the centre, and chords equally far from the centre are equal. Theorem 8. A longer chord is closer to the centre. The diameter is longest, with d = 0 .
Example 12
Prove Theorem 5: if OM ⊥ AB then AM = MB.
Solution. Join OA and OB.
In right triangles OMA and OMB: OA = OB (radii), the hypotenuses.
OM = OM (common).
∠OMA = ∠OMB
= 90°.
So Δ OMA ≅ Δ OMB (RHS).
Hence AM = MB.
Example 13
A chord is 6 cm from the centre of a circle of radius 10 cm. Find its length.
Solution. L = 2√(r2 − d2).
= 2√(102 − 62).
= 2√(100 − 36).
= 2√64.
= 2 × 8.
= 16 cm.
Fig. 5.5 Parallel chords of 6 cm and 8 cm in a circle of radius 5 cm, on opposite sides of the centre.
Fig. 5.5 Parallel chords of 6 cm and 8 cm in a circle of radius 5 cm, on opposite sides of the centre.
Example 14
A circle of radius 5 cm has parallel chords of lengths 6 cm and 8 cm. Find the distance between them if they are on opposite sides of the centre, and if they are on the same side.
Solution. Chord of 6 cm: half-length 3, so d1 = √(52 − 32) = √16 = 4 cm.
Chord of 8 cm: half-length 4, so d2 = √(52 − 42) = √9 = 3 cm.
Opposite sides: distance = d1 + d2 = 4 + 3 = 7 cm.
Same side: distance = d1 − d2 = 4 − 3 = 1 cm.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.7 Angles Subtended by an Arc Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 15
In a circle of radius 10 cm, which is closer to the centre: a chord of 12 cm or a chord of 16 cm?
Solution. For 12 cm: d = √(102 − 62) = √64 = 8 cm.
For 16 cm: d = √(102 − 82) = √36 = 6 cm.
6 < 8, so the 16 cm chord is closer.
The longer chord is closer to the centre.
5.7

Angles Subtended by an Arc

Key Idea
Theorem 9 (inscribed angle). The angle at the centre is twice the angle at any point of the remaining circumference: ∠ A O B = 2∠ A P B . Corollaries. Angles in the same segment are equal. The angle in a semicircle is 90° .
Fig. 5.6 The central angle 2θ and the inscribed angle θ stand on the same arc AB.
Fig. 5.6 The central angle 2θ and the inscribed angle θ stand on the same arc AB.
Fig. 5.7 Angles in the same segment are equal; the angle in a semicircle is a right angle.
Fig. 5.7 Angles in the same segment are equal; the angle in a semicircle is a right angle.

Angles at the circumference standing on the same arc are equal, wherever the point is on the major arc.

A diameter subtends 90° at every other point of the circle, because the central angle is 180°.

The angle on the minor arc side of the chord is 180° minus the angle on the major arc side.

Example 16
An arc subtends 110° at the centre. Find the angle it subtends at a point on the remaining circumference.
Solution. Angle at the circumference = ½ × angle at the centre.
= ½ × 110°.
= 55°.
Example 17
∠APB = 40° for a point P on a circle. Find ∠AQB for another point Q on the same arc side of AB.
Solution. P and Q lie in the same segment.
Angles in the same segment are equal.
∠AQB = ∠APB
= 40°.
Example 18
AB is a diameter and C is a point on the circle with ∠CAB = 35°. Find ∠ACB and ∠ABC.
Solution. Angle in a semicircle: ∠ACB = 90°.
In Δ ABC: ∠ABC = 180° − 90° − 35°.
= 55°.
Chapter 5: Circles 5.8 Cyclic Quadrilaterals Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 19
An arc subtends 140° at the centre. Find the angle it subtends at a point on the major arc and at a point on the minor arc.
Solution. Point on the major arc: ½ × 140° = 70°.
The point on the minor arc and the point on the major arc are opposite vertices of a cyclic quadrilateral.
Angle at the minor arc = 180° − 70°.
= 110°.
5.8

Cyclic Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
Points on one circle are concyclic . A quadrilateral with all four vertices on a circle is cyclic . Theorem 11. Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral sum to 180° . Converse: if opposite angles sum to 180° , the quadrilateral is cyclic. Exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral = interior opposite angle.
Fig. 5.8 Cyclic quadrilateral ABCD; side CD is extended to E.
Fig. 5.8 Cyclic quadrilateral ABCD; side CD is extended to E.

Exterior angle at D is ∠CDE: it equals the interior opposite angle ∠ABC.

The only parallelogram that can be cyclic is a rectangle.

Brahmagupta’s formula: for a cyclic quadrilateral with sides a, b, c, d and semi-perimeter s = (a + b + c + d)/2, area = √((s − a)(s − b)(s − c)(s − d)).

Example 20
PQRS is cyclic with ∠P = (3x + 5)° and ∠R = (5x − 25)°. Find x, ∠P and ∠R.
Solution. Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral sum to 180°.
(3x + 5) + (5x − 25) = 180.
8x − 20 = 180.
8x = 200.
x = 25.
∠P = 3(25) + 5
= 80°.
∠R = 5(25) − 25
= 100°.
Check: 80° + 100° = 180°.
Example 21
ABCD is cyclic with ∠BAD = 85°. Side BC is extended to E. Find ∠DCE.
Solution. ∠DCE is the exterior angle at C.
Exterior angle = interior opposite angle.
∠DCE = ∠BAD.
= 85°.
Example 22
A quadrilateral ABCD has ∠A = 100°, ∠B = 110°, ∠C = 80°, ∠D = 70°. Is it cyclic?
Solution. ∠A + ∠C = 100° + 80°
= 180°.
∠B + ∠D = 110° + 70°
= 180°.
Both pairs of opposite angles are supplementary.
By the converse theorem, ABCD is cyclic.
Chapter 5: Circles Chapter Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 23
Find the area of a cyclic quadrilateral with sides 3, 3, 4, 4.
Solution. s = (3 + 3 + 4 + 4)/2
= 7.
s − 3 = 4 and s − 4 = 3.
Area = √((7 − 3)(7 − 3)(7 − 4)(7 − 4)).
= √(4 × 4 × 3 × 3).
= 4 × 3.
= 12 square units.
Chapter 5: Circles Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 5: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
5.1
A chord of a circle is 5 cm from the centre and the radius is 13 cm. Find the length of the chord.
Mathematical Diagram
5.2
An arc subtends 70° at the centre. Find the angle it subtends at a point on the circle.
5.3
The diameter of a circle is 26 cm and a chord is 24 cm long. Find the distance of the chord from the centre.
5.4
A circle has radius 15 cm and a chord is 9 cm from the centre. Find the length of the chord.
5.5
AB is a diameter and C is a point on the circle. What is ∠ACB? Give a reason.
5.6
ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral with ∠A = 75° and ∠B = 110°. Find ∠C and ∠D.
Mathematical Diagram
5.7
A chord of length 16 cm is 6 cm from the centre. Find the radius.
Chapter 5: Circles Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
5.8
Prove that the perpendicular bisector of a chord passes through the centre.
Mathematical Diagram
5.9
PQRS is cyclic with ∠P = (2x + 10)° and ∠R = (3x − 20)°. Find x, ∠P, ∠R.
5.10
Find the area of a cyclic quadrilateral with sides 5, 5, 12, 12.
5.11
Two equal chords AB and CD of a circle intersect at P. Show that AP = CP and BP = DP.
Mathematical Diagram
5.12
Show that a rectangle is the only parallelogram that can be inscribed in a circle.
5.13
Show that if a rectangle is inscribed in a circle, the point where its diagonals meet is the centre.
5.14
In a circle with centre O, chords AB and AC are equal. Explain why O lies on the bisector of ∠BAC.
Mathematical Diagram
5.15
Two parallel chords of lengths 10 cm and 24 cm lie on the same side of the centre and are 7 cm apart. Find the radius.
Mathematical Diagram
5.16
ABCD is cyclic. Side CD is extended to E. Show that ∠CDE = ∠ABC.
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 5: Circles Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
5.17
All chords of a fixed length l are drawn in a circle of radius r. What shape do their midpoints form?
5.18
A regular hexagon is inscribed in a circle of radius r. Find its side and the distance of each side from the centre.
Mathematical Diagram
5.19
MNOP is a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle and MN is a diameter. Compare ∠MOP and ∠MNP.
Mathematical Diagram
5.20
Justify: no chord of a circle is longer than a diameter.
5.21
A is a point inside a circle with centre O. Show that the shortest chord through A is perpendicular to OA.
Mathematical Diagram
5.22
BC is a diameter with centre O and A is a point on the circle. Show that ∠BAC = 90° by joining OA.
Mathematical Diagram
5.23
Chords CC′ and DD′ are perpendicular to a diameter AB. Show that the line joining the midpoints M of CD and M′ of C′D′ is perpendicular to AB.
Mathematical Diagram
5.24
ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral with centre O. Join O to each vertex and prove that ∠A + ∠C = 180°.
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 5: Circles Stepwise Solutions (Q 5.1 – Q 5.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 5: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 5.1
Let the chord be AB and OM ⊥ AB.
OM = 5 and OA = 13.
In right Δ OMA: AM2 = 132 − 52.
= 169 − 25.
= 144.
AM = 12 cm.
The perpendicular bisects the chord.
AB = 2 × 12
= 24 cm.
Question 5.2
Angle at the circumference = ½ × angle at the centre.
= ½ × 70°.
= 35°.
Question 5.3
Radius = 26/2 = 13 cm.
Half the chord = 12 cm.
d2 = 132 − 122.
= 169 − 144.
= 25.
d = 5 cm.
Question 5.4
Half the chord = √(152 − 92).
= √(225 − 81).
= √144.
= 12 cm.
Chord = 2 × 12 = 24 cm.
Question 5.5
The diameter AB subtends 180° at the centre.
The angle at the circumference is half of this.
∠ACB = ½ × 180°.
= 90°.
(Angle in a semicircle.)
Question 5.6
Opposite angles sum to 180°.
∠C = 180° − 75°.
= 105°.
∠D = 180° − 110°.
= 70°.
Chapter 5: Circles Stepwise Solutions (Q 5.7 – Q 5.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 5 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 5.7
Half the chord = 8 cm.
r2 = 62 + 82.
= 36 + 64.
= 100.
r = 10 cm.
Question 5.8
Let AB be a chord, M its midpoint, and O the centre.
Join OA and OB.
In Δ OMA and Δ OMB: OA = OB (radii).
AM = BM (M is the midpoint).
OM = OM (common).
So Δ OMA ≅ Δ OMB (SSS).
∠OMA = ∠OMB.
They form a linear pair, so ∠OMA + ∠OMB = 180°.
Each angle is 90°, so OM ⊥ AB.
OM is perpendicular to AB at its midpoint, so it lies along the perpendicular bisector.
Hence the perpendicular bisector passes through O.
Question 5.9
Opposite angles sum to 180°.
(2x + 10) + (3x − 20) = 180.
5x − 10 = 180.
5x = 190.
x = 38.
∠P = 2(38) + 10
= 86°.
∠R = 3(38) − 20
= 94°.
Question 5.10
s = (5 + 5 + 12 + 12)/2
= 17.
Area = √((17 − 5)(17 − 5)(17 − 12)(17 − 12)).
= √(12 × 12 × 5 × 5).
= 12 × 5.
= 60 square units.
Question 5.11
Let O be the centre.
Draw OM ⊥ AB and ON ⊥ CD.
Equal chords are equally far from the centre, so OM = ON.
In right triangles OMP and ONP: OP = OP (common).
OM = ON.
So Δ OMP ≅ Δ ONP (RHS) and MP = NP.
AM = CN (half of equal chords).
AP = AM + MP
= CN + NP
= CP.
BM = DN (half of equal chords).
BP = BM − MP
= DN − NP
= DP.
Question 5.12
Let ABCD be a parallelogram inscribed in a circle.
It is cyclic, so ∠A + ∠C = 180°.
Opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal, so ∠A = ∠C.
2∠A = 180°.
∠A = 90°.
A parallelogram with one right angle is a rectangle.
Chapter 5: Circles Stepwise Solutions (Q 5.13 – Q 5.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 5 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 5.13
Let ABCD be the rectangle.
∠ABC = 90°.
The chord AC subtends 90° at B on the circle.
A chord that subtends 90° at the circumference is a diameter.
So AC is a diameter.
In the same way BD is a diameter.
Diameters pass through the centre.
So the intersection point of AC and BD is the centre.
Question 5.14
Join OB and OC.
In Δ OAB and Δ OAC: AB = AC (given).
OB = OC (radii).
OA = OA (common).
So Δ OAB ≅ Δ OAC (SSS).
∠OAB = ∠OAC.
So AO bisects ∠BAC.
Hence O lies on the angle bisector.
Question 5.15
Let ON = x be the distance of the 24 cm chord.
Then the 10 cm chord is at distance x + 7.
r2 = x2 + 122.
r2 = (x + 7)2 + 52.
x2 + 144 = x2 + 14x + 49 + 25.
144 = 14x + 74.
14x = 70.
x = 5.
r2 = 25 + 144
= 169.
r = 13 cm.
Question 5.16
Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral sum to 180°.
∠ABC + ∠ADC = 180°.
C
D
E lie on a line, so ∠ADC + ∠CDE = 180°.
Hence ∠ABC + ∠ADC = ∠ADC + ∠CDE.
∠CDE = ∠ABC.
Question 5.17
Equal chords are at equal distances from the centre.
Distance d = √(r2 − (l/2)2) is the same for every chord.
The midpoint of each chord is at distance d from O.
The points at a fixed distance d from O form a circle.
The midpoints form a concentric circle of radius √(r2 − l2/4).
Question 5.18
The six central angles are 360°/6 = 60° each.
Each triangle at the centre is isosceles with a 60° angle, so equilateral.
Side = r.
The distance from the centre is the perpendicular to a side, which bisects it.
d2 = r2 − (r/2)2.
= r2 − r2/4.
= 3r2/4.
d = (√3/2) r.
Chapter 5: Circles Stepwise Solutions (Q 5.19 – Q 5.24) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 5 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 24
Question 5.19
The vertices M, N, O, P lie in this order round the circle.
So N and O lie on the same arc cut off by the chord MP.
∠MNP and ∠MOP both stand on chord MP from the same side.
Angles in the same segment are equal.
∠MOP = ∠MNP.
Question 5.20
Let AB be a chord and O the centre.
Join OA and OB.
In Δ OAB: AB ≤ OA + OB (triangle inequality).
OA + OB = r + r
= 2r.
So AB ≤ 2r.
Equality holds only when O lies on AB, that is, when AB is a diameter.
Question 5.21
Let CD be any chord through A and OM ⊥ CD.
In right Δ OMA, OA is the hypotenuse, so OM ≤ OA.
Chord length = 2√(r2 − OM2).
The chord is shortest when OM is largest.
The largest value of OM is OA, when M = A.
Then OA ⊥ CD.
So the shortest chord through A is perpendicular to OA.
Question 5.22
Join OA.
OA = OB
= OC (radii).
In Δ OAB: ∠OAB = ∠OBA = a (equal sides).
In Δ OAC: ∠OAC = ∠OCA = b.
∠BAC = a + b.
In Δ ABC: ∠B + ∠C + ∠A = 180°.
a + b + (a + b) = 180°.
2(a + b) = 180°.
∠BAC = a + b
= 90°.
Question 5.23
A diameter perpendicular to a chord bisects it.
So AB is the perpendicular bisector of CC′ and of DD′.
C′ is the reflection of C in AB, and D′ is the reflection of D in AB.
Reflection keeps midpoints.
So M′ is the reflection of M in AB.
The line joining a point to its reflection is perpendicular to the mirror line.
Hence MM′ ⊥ AB.
Question 5.24
OA = OB
= OC
= OD (radii), so four isosceles triangles are formed.
Let the base angles be: ∠OAB = ∠OBA = q, ∠OBC = ∠OCB = u, ∠OCD = ∠ODC = v, ∠ODA = ∠OAD = p.
∠A = p + q and ∠C = u + v.
∠B = q + u and ∠D = v + p.
Sum of angles of ABCD is 360°.
(p + q) + (q + u) + (u + v) + (v + p) = 360°.
2(p + q + u + v) = 360°.
p + q + u + v = 180°.
∠A + ∠C = (p + q) + (u + v)
= 180°.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 6
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Measuring Space: Perimeter and Area

The formulas at a glance

Idea Formula
Perimeter Square 4 a . Rectangle 2( a + b ) . Equilateral triangle 3 a .
Circumference C = π d = 2π r . Use π ≈ 22/7 or 3.14 . π is irrational.
Arc length 2π r × θ/360° .
Lane stagger 2π w for lane width w over one full lap.
Parallelogram, triangle Parallelogram = b h . Triangle = ½ b h . A median halves the area.
Trapezium, kite, rhombus Trapezium = ½( a + b ) h . Kite and rhombus = ½ d 1 d 2 .
Heron’s formula √( s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )) , s = ( a + b + c )/2 .
Brahmagupta’s formula Cyclic quadrilateral: √(( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )( s − d )) , s = semi-perimeter.
Circle, sector Circle π r 2 . Sector π r 2 × θ/360° .
Scaling Lengths × k gives areas × k 2 .
Baudhāyana a b = (( a + b )/2) 2 − (( a − b )/2) 2 .
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.1 Perimeter and the 400 m Track Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.1

Perimeter and the 400 m Track

Key Idea
Perimeter is the total length of the boundary of a plane figure. Square of side a : 4 a . Rectangle a × b : 2( a + b ) . Equilateral triangle of side a : 3 a .

In a relay race the outer lanes start ahead of the inner lanes because the outer bends are longer. The gap between starting points is the stagger.

A 400 m track is two equal straight stretches and two semicircular bends that together make one full circle.

Fig. 6.1 Schematic 400 m track with semicircular bends. Lane 2 starts ahead of Lane 1 (not to scale).
Fig. 6.1 Schematic 400 m track with semicircular bends. Lane 2 starts ahead of Lane 1 (not to scale).
Example 1
A rectangular garden is 18 m long and 12 m broad. How much fencing is needed to go round it?
Solution. Fencing = perimeter.
= 2(18 + 12).
= 2 × 30.
= 60 m.
Example 2
The perimeter of a rectangle is 36 cm and its length is 2 cm more than its breadth. Find its sides.
Solution. Let the breadth be b cm.
Then the length is (b + 2) cm.
2(b + b + 2) = 36.
2b + 2 = 18.
b = 8.
Length = 8 + 2 = 10.
The sides are 10 cm and 8 cm.
Example 3
The two straight stretches of a 400 m track are 84.39 m each. Find the length of the two bends together and the radius of each bend (take π = 3.1416).
Solution. Length of the bends = 400 − 2 × 84.39.
= 400 − 168.78.
= 231.22 m.
The two semicircular bends make one circle, so 2πr = 231.22.
r = 231.22/(2 × 3.1416).
≈ 36.8 m.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.2 Circumference and the Story of π Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.2

Circumference and the Story of π

Key Idea
For every circle, circumference ÷ diameter is the same number π . C = π d = 2π r
Who and when What they found
Mesopotamia, c. 1900 BCE Circle is longer than the inscribed hexagon; π ≈ 3 1/8 = 3.125 .
Archimedes, 250 BCE Trapped π between 96-sided polygons: 3 10/71 < π < 3 1/7 (3.1408 to 3.1428).
Liu Hui (263 CE), Zu Chongzhi (480 CE) Used polygons of 24,576 sides; π ≈ 355/113 = 3.1415929 , the best ratio known for about 800 years.
Āryabhaṭa, 499 CE π ≈ 62832/20000 = 3.1416 , called āsanna (approximate).
Brahmagupta, 628 CE π ≈ √10 ≈ 3.1623 .
Mādhava, c. 1400 CE First exact infinite series for π , giving π correct to 11 decimal places.
Lambert, 1761 Proved that π is irrational.
Mathematical Diagram

22/7 is only a good approximation (3.142857…); π itself never terminates or repeats.

Use π = 22/7 when the radius is a multiple of 7, and 3.14 otherwise, unless the question says what to use.

Example 4
Find the circumference of a circle of radius 21 cm (use π = 22/7).
Solution. C = 2πr.
= 2 × 22/7 × 21.
= 2 × 22 × 3.
= 132 cm.
Example 5
A wheel has diameter 70 cm. How many complete turns does it make in a distance of 1.1 km?
Solution. Circumference = πd.
= 22/7 × 70.
= 220 cm.
Distance = 1.1 km = 110000 cm.
Number of turns = 110000/220.
= 500.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.4 Arc Length and Lane Staggers Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.4

Arc Length and Lane Staggers

Key Idea
An arc subtending θ° at the centre is the fraction θ/360 of the circle, by rotational symmetry. Arc length = 2π r × θ/360
Fig. 6.2 A sector with angle θ at the centre O: its arc is the fraction θ/360 of the circumference.
Fig. 6.2 A sector with angle θ at the centre O: its arc is the fraction θ/360 of the circumference.

Lane stagger. On a track with lane width w, the outer runner’s bends have radius r + w. Over one lap the extra distance is 2π(r + w) − 2πr = 2πw.

The stagger depends only on the lane width, not on the size of the track.

Example 6
Find the length of an arc of 60° in a circle of radius 21 cm (use π = 22/7).
Solution. Arc length = 2πr × θ/360.
= 2 × 22/7 × 21 × 60/360.
= 132 × 1/6.
= 22 cm.
Example 7
On a 400 m track the lane width is 1.22 m. Find the stagger between Lane 1 and Lane 2, and between Lane 1 and Lane 4 (take π = 3.1416).
Solution. Both runners have the same straight stretches.
Lane 1 to Lane 2: stagger = 2πw.
= 2 × 3.1416 × 1.22.
≈ 7.66 m.
Lane 1 to Lane 4 is 3 lane widths: stagger = 2π(3w).
= 3 × 7.66.
≈ 22.99 m.
Example 8
An arc of length 11 cm lies on a circle of radius 7 cm. Find the angle it subtends at the centre (use π = 22/7).
Solution. Circumference = 2 × 22/7 × 7 = 44 cm.
The arc is 11/44 = 1/4 of the circle.
θ = 1/4 × 360°.
= 90°.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.5 The Semicircle Path Paradox Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.5

The Semicircle Path Paradox

Key Idea
If P Q is divided into parts and a semicircle is drawn on each part as diameter, the total length of the small semicircles equals the length of the large semicircle on P Q .
Fig. 6.3 One large semicircle a and three small semicircles b, c, d on the same diameter PQ.
Fig. 6.3 One large semicircle a and three small semicircles b, c, d on the same diameter PQ.
Example 9
Prove that the arc a on PQ has the same length as the arcs b, c, d together.
Solution. Let the radii of a, b, c, d be ra, rb, rc, rd.
Length of arc a = πra.
Total length of the small arcs = πrb + πrc + πrd.
= π(rb + rc + rd).
The diameters add up to PQ: 2ra = 2rb + 2rc + 2rd.
So ra = rb + rc + rd.
Hence πra = π(rb + rc + rd).
The two paths have equal length.
Example 10
PQ = 14 cm is cut into 6 cm and 8 cm. Check the result with numbers (use π = 22/7).
Solution. Large semicircle: radius 7, length = 22/7 × 7 = 22 cm.
Small semicircle on 6 cm: radius 3, length = 22/7 × 3.
Small semicircle on 8 cm: radius 4, length = 22/7 × 4.
Sum = 22/7 × (3 + 4).
= 22 cm.
Both paths are 22 cm long.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.6 Area of a Parallelogram, Triangle and Other Figures Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.6

Area of a Parallelogram, Triangle and Other Figures

Key Idea
Parallelogram = b h . Triangle = ½ b h . Median theorem. A median of a triangle divides it into two triangles of equal area. Trapezium = ½( a + b ) h . Kite or rhombus = ½ d 1 d 2 .
Fig. 6.4 A parallelogram has the same area as a rectangle b × h; two triangles make a parallelogram.
Fig. 6.4 A parallelogram has the same area as a rectangle b × h; two triangles make a parallelogram.
Fig. 6.5 The median AD splits triangle ABC into two triangles with equal bases and the same height.
Fig. 6.5 The median AD splits triangle ABC into two triangles with equal bases and the same height.

A trapezium is half of a parallelogram of base a + b and height h made from two copies of itself.

Diagonals of a kite or rhombus are perpendicular; the area is half the product of the diagonals.

If every length is multiplied by k, the area is multiplied by k2.

Fig. 6.6 Two copies of a trapezium make a parallelogram of base a + b and height h.
Fig. 6.6 Two copies of a trapezium make a parallelogram of base a + b and height h.
Fig. 6.7 A kite inside the rectangle d1 × d2 occupies half of it.
Fig. 6.7 A kite inside the rectangle d1 × d2 occupies half of it.
Example 11
Find the area of a parallelogram with base 12 cm and height 7 cm, and of a triangle with base 15 cm and height 8 cm.
Solution. Parallelogram: bh = 12 × 7.
= 84 cm².
Triangle: ½bh = ½ × 15 × 8.
= 60 cm².
Example 12
A triangle has area 90 cm² and base 15 cm. Find its height.
Solution. ½ × 15 × h = 90.
15h = 180.
h = 12 cm.
Example 13
The area of triangle ABC is 48 cm² and D is the midpoint of BC. Find the area of triangle ABD.
Solution. AD is a median.
A median divides the triangle into two triangles of equal area.
Area of ABD = 48/2.
= 24 cm².
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.8.1 Heron’s and Brahmagupta’s Formulas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 14
Find the area of a trapezium with parallel sides 9 cm and 15 cm and height 6 cm.
Solution. Area = ½(a + b)h.
= ½ × (9 + 15) × 6.
= ½ × 24 × 6.
= 72 cm².
Example 15
A rhombus has diagonals 12 cm and 16 cm. Find its area and its perimeter.
Solution. Area = ½d1d2.
= ½ × 12 × 16.
= 96 cm².
The diagonals bisect each other at right angles, so half-diagonals are 6 and 8.
Side = √(62 + 82).
= √100.
= 10 cm.
Perimeter = 4 × 10 = 40 cm.
6.8.1

Heron’s and Brahmagupta’s Formulas

Key Idea
Heron’s formula. Triangle with sides a , b , c and s = ( a + b + c )/2 : area = √( s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )) . Brahmagupta’s formula (628 CE). Cyclic quadrilateral with sides a , b , c , d and s = ( a + b + c + d )/2 : area = √(( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )( s − d )) .

Use Heron’s formula when the height is not given.

If the fourth side shrinks to d = 0, Brahmagupta’s formula becomes Heron’s formula, so Heron’s formula is a special case.

To find a height, equate Heron’s area with ½ × base × height.

Example 16
Find the area of a triangle with sides 9 cm, 10 cm and 17 cm.
Solution. s = (9 + 10 + 17)/2.
= 18 cm.
s − a = 9
s − b = 8
s − c = 1.
Area = √(18 × 9 × 8 × 1).
= √1296.
= 36 cm².
Example 17
Find the area of an equilateral triangle of side 8 cm.
Solution. s = 24/2
= 12.
s − a = s − b
= s − c
= 4.
Area = √(12 × 4 × 4 × 4).
= √768.
= 16√3.
≈ 27.71 cm².
Example 18
A triangle has sides 13 cm, 14 cm and 15 cm. Find its area and the height on the side of 14 cm.
Solution. s = 42/2
= 21.
Area = √(21 × 8 × 7 × 6).
= √7056.
= 84 cm².
½ × 14 × h = 84.
7h = 84.
h = 12 cm.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.9 Baudhāyana’s Squaring of a Rectangle Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 19
Find the area of a cyclic quadrilateral with sides 6, 6, 8, 8 cm.
Solution. s = (6 + 6 + 8 + 8)/2
= 14.
s − 6 = 8 and s − 8 = 6.
Area = √(8 × 8 × 6 × 6).
= 8 × 6.
= 48 cm².
6.9

Baudhāyana’s Squaring of a Rectangle

Key Idea
Baudhāyana (c. 800 BCE) built a square equal in area to a given a × b rectangle. a b = (( a + b )/2) 2 − (( a − b )/2) 2

Take a right triangle with hypotenuse (a + b)/2 and one leg (a − b)/2.

By the Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem its other leg is √(ab), the side of the required square.

Example 20
Find the side of the square equal in area to a rectangle 9 m by 4 m, using Baudhāyana’s method.
Solution. (a + b)/2 = (9 + 4)/2
= 6.5.
(a − b)/2 = (9 − 4)/2
= 2.5.
Other leg2 = 6.52 − 2.52.
= 42.25 − 6.25.
= 36.
Other leg = 6 m.
Check: area of rectangle = 9 × 4 = 36 = 62.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space 6.10 Area of a Circle and of a Sector Ganita Manjari · Class 9
6.10

Area of a Circle and of a Sector

Key Idea
Area of a circle = π r 2 . Area of a sector with angle θ° = π r 2 × θ/360 . Nīlakaṇṭha’s picture (1500 CE): cut the circle into thin sectors and interlock them into a parallelogram of base π r (half the circumference) and height r .
Fig. 6.8 Nīlakaṇṭha’s rearrangement: the circle becomes a parallelogram of area πr × r = πr^2.
Fig. 6.8 Nīlakaṇṭha’s rearrangement: the circle becomes a parallelogram of area πr × r = πr^2.
Example 21
A clock’s minute hand is 7 cm long. Find the area swept by it in 10 minutes (use π = 22/7).
Solution. In 60 minutes the hand turns 360°.
In 10 minutes it turns 10/60 × 360° = 60°.
Area = πr2 × 60/360.
= 22/7 × 49 × 1/6.
= 154/6.
≈ 25.67 cm².
Example 22
Find the area of a sector of angle 90° in a circle of radius 14 cm (use π = 22/7).
Solution. Area = πr2 × 90/360.
= 22/7 × 196 × 1/4.
= 616/4.
= 154 cm².
Example 23
A circular ring has outer radius 9 cm and inner radius 5 cm. Find its area (use π = 22/7).
Solution. Area = π(R2 − r2).
= 22/7 × (81 − 25).
= 22/7 × 56.
= 176 cm².
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 6: Chapter-End Questions

6.1
Use π = 22/7 unless told otherwise. Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
6.2
The wheel of a bicycle has diameter 60 cm. How far does a cyclist travel when the wheel turns 100 times?
6.3
The wheel of a car has radius 28 cm. How far does the car go in one turn, and how many turns does the wheel make in 1 km?
6.4
Find the area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 66 cm.
6.5
The area of a right-angled triangle is 54 cm² and one leg is 12 cm. Find its perimeter.
6.6
An isosceles triangle has base 10 cm and area 60 cm². Find its equal sides.
6.7
An isosceles triangle has perimeter 40 cm and equal sides of 15 cm. Find its area.
6.8
The sides of a triangle are 7 cm, 24 cm and 25 cm. Find its area in two ways.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
6.9
The sides of a triangle are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4 and its perimeter is 45 cm. Find its area.
6.10
Two rectangles have the same area and the same perimeter. Must they be congruent?
6.11
A trapezium ABCD has AB ∥ CD, AB = a, CD = b and height h. Split it by the diagonal AC and find its area.
6.12
Show how two identical copies of a trapezium make a parallelogram. Hence find the trapezium’s area.
Mathematical Diagram
6.13
Show that the area of a kite is half the product of its diagonals.
Mathematical Diagram
6.14
A rectangle has sides a, b. Another similar rectangle has sides 2a, 2b. A triangle has sides x, y, z and another has sides 3x, 3y, 3z. How many copies of the smaller figure fit in the larger in each case?
6.15
A circle fits snugly inside a square. Four equal circles fit snugly in the same square. What fraction of the square does each arrangement cover?
Mathematical Diagram
6.16
Two concentric circles have centre O. A chord BC of the larger circle touches the smaller circle at A and BC = l. Show that the area between the circles is πl2/4.
Mathematical Diagram
6.17
Semicircles are drawn on the three sides of a right-angled triangle, as in the figure. Show that Area(A) + Area(B) = Area(C).
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
6.18
Identities can be shown by areas: show that (a + b)(a − b) = a2 − b2 with a figure.
Mathematical Diagram
6.19
Show by areas that (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca.
Mathematical Diagram
6.20
n2 equal circles are packed in an n × n grid inside a square of side D. Prove that the fraction of the square covered is always π/4.
6.21
Four semicircles are drawn inside a square of side 2 units, each on one side as diameter, forming a four-petalled flower. Find the perimeter and area of the flower.
Mathematical Diagram
6.22
Two congruent circles of radius r pass through each other’s centres. Find the area of the region enclosed by the two circles together.
Mathematical Diagram
6.23
In triangle ABC the points P and Q trisect BC. Show that triangles ABP, APQ and AQC have equal areas.
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Stepwise Solutions (Q 6.1 – Q 6.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 6: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 6.1
Circumference = πd.
= 22/7 × 60.
= 1320/7 cm.
Distance in 100 turns = 100 × 1320/7.
= 132000/7 cm.
≈ 18857 cm.
≈ 188.57 m.
Question 6.2
Circumference = 2πr.
= 2 × 22/7 × 28.
= 176 cm.
= 1.76 m.
Turns in 1000 m = 1000/1.76.
≈ 568.2.
Question 6.3
2πr = 66.
2 × 22/7 × r = 66.
r = 10.5 cm.
Quadrant area = ¼πr2.
= ¼ × 22/7 × 10.52.
= ¼ × 22/7 × 110.25.
= 86.625 cm².
Question 6.4
½ × 12 × b = 54.
6b = 54.
b = 9 cm.
Hypotenuse = √(122 + 92).
= √225.
= 15 cm.
Perimeter = 12 + 9 + 15 = 36 cm.
Question 6.5
½ × 10 × h = 60.
h = 12 cm.
The altitude bisects the base, so half the base is 5 cm.
Equal side = √(122 + 52).
= √169.
= 13 cm.
Question 6.6
Third side = 40 − 15 − 15 = 10 cm.
s = 20.
s − a = 5
s − b = 5
s − c = 10.
Area = √(20 × 5 × 5 × 10).
= √5000.
= 50√2.
≈ 70.71 cm².
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Stepwise Solutions (Q 6.7 – Q 6.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 6 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 6.7
Method 1: 72 + 242 = 49 + 576 = 625 = 252.
So it is right-angled with legs 7 and 24.
Area = ½ × 7 × 24 = 84 cm².
Method 2 (Heron): s = 56/2 = 28.
Area = √(28 × 21 × 4 × 3).
= √7056.
= 84 cm².
Question 6.8
Sides 2x, 3x, 4x: 9x = 45.
x = 5.
Sides are 10, 15, 20 cm.
s = 22.5.
s − a = 12.5
s − b = 7.5
s − c = 2.5.
Area = √(22.5 × 12.5 × 7.5 × 2.5).
= √(84375/16).
= (75√15)/4.
≈ 72.62 cm².
Question 6.9
Let the sides be x, y and u, v.
Same perimeter: x + y = u + v.
Same area: xy = uv.
(x − y)2 = (x + y)2 − 4xy.
(u − v)2 = (u + v)2 − 4uv.
So (x − y)2 = (u − v)2 and x − y = ±(u − v).
With x + y = u + v this gives x = u, y = v or x = v, y = u.
Yes, the rectangles are congruent.
Question 6.10
Diagonal AC splits it into Δ ABC and Δ ACD.
Both triangles have height h, the distance between the parallel sides.
Area of Δ ABC = ½ah.
Area of Δ ACD = ½bh.
Total area = ½ah + ½bh.
= ½(a + b)h.
Question 6.11
Turn a second copy through 180° and join it along a slanted side.
The long side of the new figure is a + b on top and b + a at the bottom.
Opposite sides are parallel and equal, so it is a parallelogram.
Its base is a + b and its height is h.
Parallelogram area = (a + b)h.
It is made of two equal trapeziums.
Trapezium area = ½(a + b)h.
Question 6.12
Let kite ABCD have AB = AD and CB = CD.
Diagonal AC is the perpendicular bisector of BD, meeting it at O.
Area = Δ ABD + Δ CBD.
= ½ × BD × AO + ½ × BD × OC.
= ½ × BD × (AO + OC).
= ½ × BD × AC.
= ½d1d2.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Stepwise Solutions (Q 6.13 – Q 6.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 6 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 6.13
Doubling both sides of a rectangle: area = 2a × 2b = 4ab.
This is 4 times ab: 4 copies fit.
Doubling the sides of a triangle multiplies its area by 22 = 4 (Heron’s formula).
Joining midpoints of the larger triangle gives 4 copies of the smaller.
Tripling the sides multiplies the area by 32 = 9.
So 9 copies of the smaller triangle fit in the larger.
Areas scale by k2 when lengths scale by k.
Question 6.14
Let the square have side D.
One circle: diameter D, area = π(D/2)2 = πD2/4.
Fraction = (πD2/4)/D2 = π/4.
Four circles: each has diameter D/2 and radius D/4.
Area of four = 4 × π(D/4)2 = πD2/4.
Fraction = π/4.
Both arrangements cover π/4 ≈ 78.5%.
Question 6.15
Let the radii be R (outer) and r (inner).
OA ⊥ BC because BC touches the inner circle at A.
A is the midpoint of BC, so AC = l/2.
In right Δ OAC: R2 = r2 + (l/2)2.
R2 − r2 = l2/4.
Area between the circles = πR2 − πr2.
= π(R2 − r2).
= πl2/4.
Question 6.16
Let the legs be a, b and the hypotenuse c, so a2 + b2 = c2.
Area(A) = ½π(a/2)2 = πa2/8.
Area(B) = ½π(b/2)2 = πb2/8.
Area(C) = ½π(c/2)2 = πc2/8.
Multiply a2 + b2 = c2 by π/8.
πa2/8 + πb2/8 = πc2/8.
Area(A) + Area(B) = Area(C).
Question 6.17
Take a square of side a.
Its area is a2.
Cut out a small square of side b from one corner: area b2.
The remaining L-shape has area a2 − b2.
Cut the L-shape along a line and rearrange the two pieces.
They form a rectangle of length a + b and width a − b.
Area of the rectangle = (a + b)(a − b).
So (a + b)(a − b) = a2 − b2.
Question 6.18
Draw a square of side a + b + c.
Its area is (a + b + c)2.
Divide each side into parts a, b, c and draw lines across.
This gives 9 pieces.
Three squares: a2, b2, c2.
Six rectangles: two each of ab, bc, ca.
Adding all pieces: a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca.
So (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca.
Chapter 6: Measuring Space Stepwise Solutions (Q 6.19 – Q 6.22) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 6 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 22
Question 6.19
Each circle has diameter D/n.
Radius of each = D/(2n).
Area of one circle = π(D/2n)2 = πD2/(4n2).
Total area of n2 circles = n2 × πD2/(4n2).
= πD2/4.
Fraction covered = (πD2/4)/D2 = π/4.
n cancels, so the fraction is π/4 for every n.
Question 6.20
Each petal lies between two adjacent semicircles of radius 1.
Each petal is bounded by two quarter-circle arcs of radius 1.
Length of one quarter arc = ¼ × 2π × 1 = π/2.
Perimeter of one petal = 2 × π/2 = π.
Four petals: perimeter = 4π ≈ 12.57 units.
One petal = 2 × (quarter circle − right triangle).
= 2 × (π/4 − ½).
= π/2 − 1.
Area of four petals = 4 × (π/2 − 1).
= 2π − 4 ≈ 2.28 square units.
Question 6.21
The centres are r apart, so each common point makes an equilateral triangle with the centres.
Each circle’s arc inside the other subtends 120° at its centre.
Segment area = sector − triangle.
= πr2/3 − (√3/4)r2.
Common region (lens) = 2 × segment = 2πr2/3 − (√3/2)r2.
Union = 2πr2 − lens.
= 2πr2 − 2πr2/3 + (√3/2)r2.
= r2(4π/3 + √3/2).
Question 6.22
BP = PQ
= QC
= BC/3.
All three triangles have vertex A and bases on BC.
So all have the same height h, the distance from A to BC.
Area of ABP = ½ × (BC/3) × h.
Area of APQ = ½ × (BC/3) × h.
Area of AQC = ½ × (BC/3) × h.
The three areas are equal.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 7
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

The Mathematics of Maybe: Introduction to Probability

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Random experiment Can be repeated under identical conditions; all outcomes are known; the result of one trial cannot be predicted.
Probability scale 0 ≤ P ( E ) ≤ 1 . 0 impossible, 0.5 even chance, 1 certain.
Experimental probability Times E occurred ÷ total trials (relative frequency).
Theoretical probability n ( E )/ n ( S ) when all outcomes are equally likely.
Complement P ( n o t E ) = 1 − P ( E ) .
Sample space, event S is the set of all outcomes; an event E is a subset of S .
Counting rule m ways followed by n ways give m × n combinations.
Tree diagram Multiply along a branch. Add the branches that make the event.
With, without replacement With replacement the second stage is unchanged. Without replacement the counts, and so the probabilities, change.
Large numbers More trials bring experimental probability close to theoretical probability.
Gambler’s fallacy Past tosses do not change the next one: a fair coin has no memory.
Area probability P = favourable area ÷ total area.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.1 Probability and Randomness Ganita Manjari · Class 9
7.1

Probability and Randomness

Key Idea
Probability measures the chance of an event, just as length measures distance. It measures uncertainty . A random experiment is repeated under identical conditions, all its possible outcomes are known, but the outcome of any single trial cannot be predicted.

Examples: tossing a coin, rolling a die, drawing a slip in a lucky draw.

Weather is random because thousands of small factors (humidity, wind, pressure, temperature) affect it, yet past records still let us assign useful probabilities.

Example 1
Which of these is a random experiment? (a) Tossing a coin (b) Heating water to 100 °C at sea level and noting whether it boils.
Solution. (a) Both outcomes, head and tail, are known.
The result of one toss cannot be predicted.
So (a) is a random experiment.
(b) Water always boils there, so the result can be predicted.
So (b) is not a random experiment.
7.1.2

The Probability Scale

Key Idea
For every event E : 0 ≤ P ( E ) ≤ 1 (or 0% to 100%). P = 0 impossible. P = 0.5 even chance. P = 1 certain.
Fig. 7.1 The scale from 0 (impossible) to 1 (certain) with sample events.
Fig. 7.1 The scale from 0 (impossible) to 1 (certain) with sample events.
Example 2
Rank on the 0 to 1 scale: (i) the next day after Sunday is Monday, (ii) snow in Mumbai in July, (iii) heads on a fair coin.
Solution. (i) This always happens: certain, P = 1.
(ii) This cannot happen in Mumbai’s July: impossible, P = 0.
(iii) Two equally likely outcomes: even chance, P = 0.5.
Example 3
A fair die is rolled once. What is P(getting 7) and P(getting a number from 1 to 6)?
Solution. A die shows only 1 to 6, so getting 7 cannot happen.
P(7) = 0.
Every roll gives a number from 1 to 6.
P(1 to 6) = 1.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.2.1 Experimental Probability Ganita Manjari · Class 9
7.2.1

Experimental Probability

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
Experimental probability is the relative frequency: it comes from data collected by repeated trials.

It can change when the experiment is repeated.

A sample can be used to estimate for a larger population: expected number = P × total.

Example 4
A die is rolled 50 times and shows 4 exactly 8 times. Find the experimental probability of a 4.
Solution. P(4) = times 4 occurred ÷ total rolls.
= 8/50.
= 0.16.
Example 5
A sample of 40 students is asked about favourite clubs: 11 chose Arts and 9 chose Sports. Find the probability that a sampled student prefers Arts. Estimate how many of the 800 students in the school prefer Sports.
Solution. P(Arts) = 11/40
= 0.275.
P(Sports) = 9/40.
Estimate = 9/40 × 800.
= 9 × 20.
= 180 students.
Example 6
A sample of 30 sweets has 10 red, 8 green, 7 yellow and 5 blue. Estimate the yellow sweets in a bag of 600.
Solution. P(yellow) = 7/30.
Estimate = 7/30 × 600.
= 7 × 20.
= 140 sweets.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.2.2 Theoretical Probability Ganita Manjari · Class 9
7.2.2

Theoretical Probability

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
This formula is valid only when all outcomes are equally likely (a fair coin, a fair die, a well-shuffled deck). Complement: P ( n o t E ) = 1 − P ( E ) .
Mathematical Diagram

Outcomes are not equally likely when the chances differ: a bag with 3 red and 7 blue marbles gives P(red) = 3/10 and P(blue) = 7/10.

Snakes and Ladders began in ancient India as the teaching game Jñān Chaupaḍ: ladders stood for virtues and snakes for vices, with dice deciding the moves.

Example 7
A fair die is rolled once. Find the theoretical probability of rolling a 4 and of rolling an even number.
Solution. S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, so n(S) = 6.
Rolling a 4: n(E) = 1.
P(4) = 1/6.
Even numbers: 2, 4, 6, so n(E) = 3.
P(even) = 3/6.
= 1/2.
Example 8
A bag has 5 red, 3 blue and 2 green balls. One ball is picked at random. Find the probability that it is not red.
Solution. Total balls = 5 + 3 + 2 = 10.
P(red) = 5/10
= 1/2.
P(not red) = 1 − 1/2.
= 1/2.
Example 9
A fair die is rolled. Find the probability of getting a number greater than 4, and use it to find the probability of getting 4 or less.
Solution. Numbers greater than 4: 5 and 6, so n(E) = 2.
P(>4) = 2/6
= 1/3.
P(4 or less) = 1 − 1/3.
= 2/3.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.2.3 Sampling, the Law of Large Numbers and the Gambler’s Fallacy Ganita Manjari · Class 9
7.2.3

Sampling, the Law of Large Numbers and the Gambler’s Fallacy

Key Idea
Law of large numbers. As the number of trials grows, experimental probability gets closer and closer to theoretical probability. Gambler’s fallacy. Believing that after 6 heads in a row tails is “due”. Tosses are independent, so the next toss is still P ( t a i l s ) = 1/2 .
Fig. 7.2 A fair coin tossed 2000 times: the relative frequency of heads settles near 0.5.
Fig. 7.2 A fair coin tossed 2000 times: the relative frequency of heads settles near 0.5.

In 10 tosses the experimental probability may be far from 0.5; in 10,000 tosses it is very close.

Surveying a whole population is impractical, so a representative sample is used to estimate.

Example 10
In a sample of 50 students, 20 prefer mangoes. The school has 1500 students. Estimate how many mangoes to order, if each prefers one.
Solution. P(mango) = 20/50
= 0.4.
Estimate = 0.4 × 1500.
= 600.
About 600 mangoes should be ordered.
Example 11
A fair coin shows heads 6 times in a row. What is the probability of tails on the 7th toss?
Solution. Each toss is independent of earlier tosses.
The coin has no memory.
So P(tails) = 1/2 on the 7th toss.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.3 Sample Spaces and Events Ganita Manjari · Class 9
7.3

Sample Spaces and Events

Key Idea
The sample space S is the set of all possible outcomes; n ( S ) is its size. An event E is any set of outcomes: a subset of S . Counting rule: if one choice can be made in m ways and another in n ways, together there are m × n combinations.
Experiment Sample space S n ( S )
One coin {H, T} 2
One die {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 6
Two coins {HH, HT, TH, TT} 4
Three coins {HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT} 8
Two dice 36 ordered pairs 36
Fig. 7.3 Two dice: the 36 equally likely outcomes shown as sums. The six cells with sum 7 are shaded.
Fig. 7.3 Two dice: the 36 equally likely outcomes shown as sums. The six cells with sum 7 are shaded.
Example 12
Two coins are tossed. Find the probability of getting exactly one head.
Solution. S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}.
n(S) = 4.
E = {HT, TH}.
n(E) = 2.
P(E) = 2/4.
= 1/2.
Example 13
Three coins are tossed. Find the probability of getting exactly one head.
Solution. n(S) = 8.
E = {HTT, THT, TTH}.
n(E) = 3.
P(E) = 3/8.
Example 14
List the sample space when a die is rolled and a coin is tossed together.
Solution. Write each outcome as (die, coin).
Die 1: (1, H), (1, T).
Die 2: (2, H), (2, T).
Die 3: (3, H), (3, T).
Die 4: (4, H), (4, T).
Die 5: (5, H), (5, T).
Die 6: (6, H), (6, T).
n(S) = 6 × 2
= 12.
Example 15
A village fair sells 3 snacks (samosa, pakora, bhaji) and 2 drinks (chai, lassi). How many snack-and-drink combinations are there? Find P(samosa).
Solution. Number of combinations = 3 × 2 = 6.
Combinations with samosa: (samosa, chai) and (samosa, lassi).
n(E) = 2.
P(samosa) = 2/6.
= 1/3.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.4 Tree Diagrams Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 16
Two fair dice are rolled. Find the probability that the sum is 8.
Solution. n(S) = 6 × 6
= 36.
Sum 8: (2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2).
n(E) = 5.
P(sum 8) = 5/36.
7.4

Tree Diagrams

Key Idea
A tree diagram lists the outcomes of a multi-step experiment as branches. Multiply the probabilities along a branch. Add the branches that belong to the event. All branches together add to 1.
Fig. 7.4 Tossing a fair coin twice: every branch has probability 1/2, so every outcome has probability 1/4.
Fig. 7.4 Tossing a fair coin twice: every branch has probability 1/2, so every outcome has probability 1/4.

With replacement: the second stage has the same probabilities as the first.

Without replacement: the item drawn first is not returned, so the totals and counts change for the second stage.

Fig. 7.5 Picking one fruit from each basket: basket A has 1 apple and 2 oranges, basket B has 1 banana and 1 mango.
Fig. 7.5 Picking one fruit from each basket: basket A has 1 apple and 2 oranges, basket B has 1 banana and 1 mango.
Example 17
Basket A has 1 apple and 2 oranges; basket B has 1 banana and 1 mango. One fruit is picked from each. Find P(apple and banana).
Solution. Label the oranges O1, O2 so that all 3 fruits in A are equally likely.
S = {(A, B), (A, M), (O1, B), (O1, M), (O2, B), (O2, M)}.
n(S) = 6.
Favourable: only (A, B), so n(E) = 1.
P = 1/6.
Check with the tree: P = 1/3 × 1/2 = 1/6.
Example 18
A box has 3 red, 4 black and 2 green pens. A pen is picked, put back, and a friend picks one. Find the probability that both pens have the same colour.
Solution. 9 pens in all.
Probabilities: P(R) = 3/9, P(B) = 4/9, P(G) = 2/9.
Picks are with replacement, so the second stage is the same.
P(RR) = 3/9 × 3/9
= 9/81.
P(BB) = 4/9 × 4/9
= 16/81.
P(GG) = 2/9 × 2/9
= 4/81.
Add the three branches: 9/81 + 16/81 + 4/81.
= 29/81.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe 7.5 Probability from Area Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 19
A bag has 3 red and 2 blue balls. Two balls are drawn one after the other without replacement. Find P(both red).
Solution. First draw: P(R) = 3/5.
One red is gone: 2 red remain among 4 balls.
Second draw: P(R) = 2/4.
P(RR) = 3/5 × 2/4.
= 6/20.
= 3/10.
7.5

Probability from Area

Key Idea
When a point lands at random on a region, geometric probability = (area of the wanted part) ÷ (area of the whole region).
Example 20
A dye is dropped at random on a rectangle 4 m by 3 m. What is the probability that it lands inside a circle of radius 1 m drawn in the rectangle?
Solution. Area of the rectangle = 4 × 3 = 12 m².
Area of the circle = π × 12 = π m².
P = π/12.
≈ 0.26.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 7: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
7.1
Fill in the blanks. (i) The probability of an impossible event is ____. (ii) The set of all possible outcomes of a random experiment is called the ____. (iii) The probability of an event that is certain to happen is ____. (iv) A fair coin has probability ____ of showing heads.
7.2
In a survey of 50 students, 15 said they like football. The number who like football is 15 and the ____ (frequency / relative frequency) is ____.
7.3
Which of these experiments have equally likely outcomes? Explain. (i) A driver tries to start a car: it starts or does not. (ii) A fair coin is tossed once. (iii) A fair die is rolled. (iv) A marble is picked from a bag of 3 red and 7 blue marbles. (v) A baby is born: boy or girl.
7.4
A bag has 3 candies: strawberry, lemon and mint. One is picked at random. Find the probability of strawberry.
7.5
The letters of the word PEACE are written on five cards. Leela draws one card. Find (i) P(P, E or C), (ii) P(not E).
7.6
A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow that stops at one of the numbers 1 to 8, all equally likely. Find the probability that it points at (i) 8, (ii) an odd number, (iii) a number greater than 2, (iv) a number less than 9, (v) a multiple of 3.
Mathematical Diagram
7.7
A pair of 6-sided dice is thrown. Write one event with probability 0 and one with probability 1.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
7.8
Write the sample space and find the probability. (i) Two coins are tossed: at least one head. (ii) Ten cards numbered 1 to 10: an even number. (iii) A die is rolled: a number greater than 4. (iv) A bag has 3 red, 2 blue, 1 green ball: not red. (v) Three coins are tossed: exactly two heads.
7.9
A child has 2 shirts (red, blue) and 3 pants (jeans, khakis, shorts). List all outfits of one shirt and one pair of pants.
7.10
A tyre company records the distance before replacement for 1000 tyres: less than 4000 km: 20; 4001 to 9000 km: 210; 9001 to 14000 km: 325; more than 14000 km: 445. Find the probability that a tyre lasts (i) less than 4000 km, (ii) between 4000 and 14000 km, (iii) more than 14000 km.
7.11
A box has 4 balls numbered 1 to 4. (i) A ball is drawn, recorded, returned, and a second ball is drawn and recorded. (ii) The first ball is not replaced. Write both sample spaces with a tree diagram and give their sizes.
7.12
List the sample space when a coin is tossed and a card is drawn from 6 cards numbered 1 to 6.
7.13
Three coins are tossed and the number of heads is recorded. Which list is a sample space: (i) {1, 2, 3} (ii) {0, 1, 2} (iii) {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} (iv) {0, 1, 2, 3}? Why do the others fail?
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
7.14
A basket has 4 red and 5 blue balls. A ball is drawn and laid aside, then a second ball is drawn. Draw a tree diagram and find (i) P(red then blue), (ii) P(2 blue balls).
7.15
Write the sample space and find the probability. (i) Two dice: the sum is a prime number greater than 5. (ii) A bag has 4 red, 3 green, 2 blue balls; two are drawn without replacement: different colours. (iii) Three coins: the first is heads and exactly two heads in all. (iv) A four-digit number is formed from 1, 2, 3, 4 with no repetition: it is even. (v) A 3-question test, 4 options each, guessing: exactly 2 correct.
7.16
Suppose you drop a dye at random on a rectangular region 3 m by 2 m. What is the probability that it lands inside a circle of diameter 1 m drawn in the region?
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Stepwise Solutions (Q 7.1 – Q 7.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 7: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 7.1
(i)0.
(ii)sample space.
(iii)1.
(iv)1/2.
Question 7.2
The count 15 is the frequency.
Relative frequency = 15/50.
= 3/10.
= 0.3.
Question 7.3
(i)Not equally likely: starting depends on battery, fuel and engine.
(ii)Equally likely: heads and tails each have probability 1/2.
(iii)Equally likely: each face has probability 1/6.
(iv)Not equally likely: P(red) = 3/10 and P(blue) = 7/10.
(v)Approximately equally likely: boy and girl are about equally frequent.
Question 7.4
There are 3 equally likely candies.
Strawberry: n(E) = 1.
P = 1/3.
Question 7.5
Cards: P, E, A, C, E, so n(S) = 5.
(i)P, E or C: 1 + 2 + 1 = 4 cards.
P = 4/5.
(ii)E occurs twice.
Not E: 5 − 2 = 3 cards.
P(not E) = 3/5.
Question 7.6
n(S) = 8.
(i)P(8) = 1/8.
(ii)Odd: 1, 3, 5, 7.
P = 4/8
= 1/2.
(iii)Greater than 2: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
P = 6/8
= 3/4.
(iv)All 8 numbers are less than 9.
P = 8/8
= 1.
(v)Multiples of 3: 3, 6.
P = 2/8
= 1/4.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Stepwise Solutions (Q 7.7 – Q 7.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 7 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 7.7
The least sum is 1 + 1 = 2 and the greatest is 6 + 6 = 12.
Probability 0: getting a sum of 13 (impossible).
P(sum 13) = 0.
Probability 1: getting a sum less than 13 (certain).
P(sum < 13) = 1.
Question 7.8
(i)S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}, n(S) = 4.
At least one head: {HH, HT, TH}.
P = 3/4.
(ii)n(S) = 10.
Even: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, so n(E) = 5.
P = 5/10
= 1/2.
(iii)n(S) = 6.
Greater than 4: 5, 6.
P = 2/6
= 1/3.
(iv)Total balls = 6.
Not red: 2 + 1 = 3.
P = 3/6
= 1/2.
(v)n(S) = 8.
Exactly two heads: HHT, HTH, THH.
P = 3/8.
Question 7.9
Number of outfits = 2 × 3 = 6.
1.
Red shirt, jeans.
2.
Red shirt, khakis.
3.
Red shirt, shorts.
4.
Blue shirt, jeans.
5.
Blue shirt, khakis.
6.
Blue shirt, shorts.
Question 7.10
Total tyres = 20 + 210 + 325 + 445 = 1000.
(i)P = 20/1000 = 1/50.
(ii)Cases = 210 + 325 = 535.
P = 535/1000
= 107/200.
(iii)P = 445/1000 = 89/200.
Check: 1/50 + 107/200 + 89/200 = 4/200 + 196/200 = 1.
Question 7.11
(i)With replacement: the second draw also has 4 outcomes.
First ball 1: (1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (1,4).
First ball 2: (2,1), (2,2), (2,3), (2,4).
First ball 3: (3,1), (3,2), (3,3), (3,4).
First ball 4: (4,1), (4,2), (4,3), (4,4).
n(S) = 4 × 4
= 16.
(ii)Without replacement: the second draw has 3 outcomes.
First ball 1: (1,2), (1,3), (1,4).
First ball 2: (2,1), (2,3), (2,4).
First ball 3: (3,1), (3,2), (3,4).
First ball 4: (4,1), (4,2), (4,3).
n(S) = 4 × 3
= 12.
Question 7.12
Write each outcome as (coin, card).
Heads: (H, 1), (H, 2), (H, 3), (H, 4), (H, 5), (H, 6).
Tails: (T, 1), (T, 2), (T, 3), (T, 4), (T, 5), (T, 6).
n(S) = 2 × 6
= 12.
Chapter 7: Mathematics of Maybe Stepwise Solutions (Q 7.13 – Q 7.16) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 7 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 16
Question 7.13
The number of heads can be 0 (TTT), 1, 2 or 3 (HHH).
So the sample space is {0, 1, 2, 3}: list (iv).
(i)misses 0, which occurs for TTT.
(ii)misses 3, which occurs for HHH.
(iii)contains 4, which is impossible with three coins.
Question 7.14
Total balls = 9.
First draw: P(R) = 4/9, P(B) = 5/9.
If the first is red: 3 red and 5 blue remain among 8.
If the first is blue: 4 red and 4 blue remain among 8.
(i)P(RB) = 4/9 × 5/8.
= 20/72.
= 5/18.
(ii)P(BB) = 5/9 × 4/8.
= 20/72.
= 5/18.
Check: P(RR) = 4/9 × 3/8 = 1/6 and P(BR) = 5/18.
1/6 + 5/18 + 5/18 + 5/18 = 3/18 + 15/18
= 1.
Question 7.15
(i)n(S) = 36.
Primes greater than 5 (sum at most 12): 7 and 11.
Sum 7: (1,6), (2,5), (3,4), (4,3), (5,2), (6,1): 6 outcomes.
Sum 11: (5,6), (6,5): 2 outcomes.
P = 8/36
= 2/9.
(ii)Ordered pairs: 9 × 8 = 72.
Red-Green: 4 × 3 + 3 × 4 = 24.
Red-Blue: 4 × 2 + 2 × 4 = 16.
Green-Blue: 3 × 2 + 2 × 3 = 12.
Different colours: 24 + 16 + 12 = 52.
P = 52/72
= 13/18.
(iii)n(S) = 8.
First head and exactly two heads: HHT, HTH.
P = 2/8
= 1/4.
(iv)Total arrangements = 4! = 24.
Even if the last digit is 2 or 4.
Last digit 2: 3 × 2 × 1 = 6.
Last digit 4: 6.
Even numbers = 12.
P = 12/24
= 1/2.
(v)P(correct) = 1/4 and P(wrong) = 3/4.
Exactly 2 correct can happen in 3 ways: CCW, CWC, WCC.
Each has probability 1/4 × 1/4 × 3/4 = 3/64.
P = 3 × 3/64
= 9/64.
Question 7.16
Area of the rectangle = 3 × 2 = 6 m².
Radius of the circle = 1/2 m.
Area of the circle = π(1/2)2 = π/4 m².
P = (π/4)/6.
= π/24.
≈ 0.13.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 8
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Exploring Sequences and Progressions

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Sequence An ordered list of numbers t 1 , t 2 , t 3 , … . t n is the term at position n .
Explicit rule Gives t n directly from n , for example t n = 2 n − 1 .
Recursive rule Gives t n from earlier terms, for example t 1 = 1 , t n = t n−1 + 3 .
Triangular, square numbers t n = n ( n + 1)/2 and s n = n 2 = 1 + 3 + 5 + … + (2 n − 1) .
Virahānka–Fibonacci V 1 = 1 , V 2 = 2 , V n = V n−1 + V n−2 : 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, …
AP Constant difference d . t n = a + ( n − 1) d . Graph points lie on a straight line.
Sum of an AP S n = n /2 [2 a + ( n − 1) d ] = n /2 ( a + l ) .
Sum of 1 to n S n = n ( n + 1)/2 (Āryabhaṭa, 499 CE).
GP Constant ratio r . t n = a r n−1 . Graph points lie on a curve.
Sierpiński triangle Stage n : 3 n triangles; shaded area (3/4) n of the original.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.1 What Is a Sequence? Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.1

What Is a Sequence?

Key Idea
A sequence is an ordered list of numbers. Each number is a term ; t n is the term at position n . Order matters: 1, 2, 3 and 3, 2, 1 are different sequences.
Fig. 8.1 Dot patterns for triangular numbers t_n (top) and square numbers s_n (bottom).
Fig. 8.1 Dot patterns for triangular numbers t_n (top) and square numbers s_n (bottom).

Triangular numbers 1, 3, 6, 10, … have tn = n(n + 1)/2.

Square numbers 1, 4, 9, 16, … have sn = n2.

Each square is the sum of consecutive odd numbers: 1 = 1, 4 = 1 + 3, 9 = 1 + 3 + 5, 16 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7, so n2 = 1 + 3 + 5 + … + (2n − 1).

Adding the next row of dots to tn−1 gives tn = tn−1 + n.

Example 1
Find the 10th triangular number and decide whether 28 is triangular.
Solution. t10 = 10 × 11/2.
= 55.
Let n(n + 1)/2 = 28.
n(n + 1) = 56.
7 × 8 = 56, so n = 7.
So 28 is the 7th triangular number.
Example 2
Write 25 as a sum of consecutive odd numbers.
Solution. 25 = 52.
The sum of the first 5 odd numbers is 52.
25 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9.
Example 3
Find 1 + 3 + 5 + … + 99.
Solution. The terms are the first n odd numbers, where 2n − 1 = 99.
2n = 100, so n = 50.
The sum is n2.
= 502.
= 2500.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.2 Explicit and Recursive Rules, and the Virahānka–Fibonacci Sequence Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.2

Explicit and Recursive Rules, and the Virahānka–Fibonacci Sequence

Key Idea
Explicit rule: t n is calculated from the position n alone, for example u n = 2 n − 1 gives the odd numbers. Recursive rule: t n is calculated from earlier terms; the first term(s) must be given, for example t 1 = 1 , t n = t n−1 + 3 .
Fig. 8.2 Virahānka’s count: the 5 ways to fill a length of 4 beats with short (S, 1 beat) and long (L, 2 beats) syllables.
Fig. 8.2 Virahānka’s count: the 5 ways to fill a length of 4 beats with short (S, 1 beat) and long (L, 2 beats) syllables.

Virahānka (7th century CE) counted the poetic metres that fill n beats using short (1 beat) and long (2 beats) syllables. The counts 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, … follow Vn = Vn−1 + Vn−2.

Gopāla (c. 1135) and Hemachandra (c. 1150) developed it before Fibonacci wrote of it in Europe (c. 1200).

A sequence can often be described by either kind of rule; the explicit rule is quicker for far-off terms.

Example 4
A sequence has explicit rule sn = 5n − 2. Find the 62nd term and decide whether 471 is a term.
Solution. s62 = 5(62) − 2.
= 310 − 2.
= 308.
Put 5n − 2 = 471.
5n = 473.
n = 94.6.
A position must be a natural number, so 471 is not a term.
Example 5
A sequence has tn = 3n + 4. Is 100 a term?
Solution. Put 3n + 4 = 100.
3n = 96.
n = 32.
So 100 is the 32nd term.
Example 6
Write the first five terms of t1 = 1, tn = tn−1 + 3, and find an explicit rule.
Solution. t1 = 1.
t2 = 1 + 3
= 4.
t3 = 4 + 3
= 7.
t4 = 7 + 3
= 10.
t5 = 10 + 3
= 13.
Each term adds 3, starting from 1.
tn = 1 + 3(n − 1).
= 3n − 2.
Example 7
Write the first ten Virahānka–Fibonacci numbers, and say in how many ways a length of 5 beats can be filled.
Solution. V1 = 1 and V2 = 2.
V3 = 2 + 1
= 3.
V4 = 3 + 2
= 5.
V5 = 5 + 3
= 8.
V6 = 8 + 5
= 13.
V7 = 13 + 8
= 21.
V8 = 21 + 13
= 34.
V9 = 34 + 21
= 55.
V10 = 55 + 34
= 89.
A length of 5 beats can be filled in V5 = 8 ways.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.4 Arithmetic Progressions Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.4

Arithmetic Progressions

Key Idea
An arithmetic progression (AP) has a constant common difference d : a , a + d , a + 2 d , … t n = a + ( n − 1) d . Recursive form: t 1 = a , t n = t n−1 + d .
Fig. 8.3 The points (n, tn) of an AP lie on a straight line; those of a GP lie on a curve.
Fig. 8.3 The points (n, tn) of an AP lie on a straight line; those of a GP lie on a curve.

Test for an AP: all consecutive differences are equal.

To find the number of terms: n = (l − a)/d + 1, where l is the last term.

An AP is a linear pattern: tn = dn + (a − d), so it connects with Chapter 2.

Example 8
Find the 7th term of the AP 5, 9, 13, …
Solution. a = 5 and d = 9 − 5 = 4.
t7 = a + 6d.
= 5 + 6(4).
= 29.
Example 9
Which term of the AP 3, 8, 13, … is 98?
Solution. a = 3 and d = 5.
3 + (n − 1)5 = 98.
(n − 1)5 = 95.
n − 1 = 19.
n = 20.
98 is the 20th term.
Example 10
How many terms are there in the AP 7, 13, 19, …, 205?
Solution. a = 7
d = 6
l = 205.
205 = 7 + (n − 1)6.
198 = (n − 1)6.
n − 1 = 33.
n = 34.
Example 11
In an AP, t3 = 10 and t8 = 25. Find a and d.
Solution. a + 2d = 10.
a + 7d = 25.
Subtract: 5d = 15.
d = 3.
a = 10 − 2(3).
= 4.
Example 12
A taxi charges a booking fee of ₹200 plus ₹40 per km. Write the fare sequence for 1, 2, 3 km and find the fare for 10 km.
Solution. 1 km: 200 + 40 = 240.
2 km: 200 + 80 = 280.
3 km: 200 + 120 = 320.
This is an AP with a = 240 and d = 40.
tn = 240 + (n − 1)40.
= 200 + 40n.
t10 = 200 + 400.
= ₹600.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.5 Sum of the First n Natural Numbers and of an AP Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.5

Sum of the First n Natural Numbers and of an AP

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
Write the sum forwards and backwards and add pair by pair: each pair gives n + 1 , and there are n pairs, so 2 S n = n ( n + 1) . Āryabhaṭa (499 CE): the sum is the average of the first and last terms multiplied by the number of terms.
Mathematical Diagram

For an AP with first term a, last term l and n terms: Sn = n/2 (a + l).

A range sum is a difference: 25 + 26 + … + 58 = S58 − S24.

Example 13
Find 1 + 2 + 3 + … + 100.
Solution. S100 = 100 × 101/2.
= 50 × 101.
= 5050.
Example 14
Find 25 + 26 + 27 + … + 58.
Solution. The sum is S58 − S24.
S58 = 58 × 59/2.
= 29 × 59.
= 1711.
S24 = 24 × 25/2.
= 12 × 25.
= 300.
Sum = 1711 − 300.
= 1411.
Example 15
Find the sum of the first 20 terms of the AP 3, 7, 11, …
Solution. a = 3
d = 4
n = 20.
S20 = 20/2 × [2(3) + 19(4)].
= 10 × [6 + 76].
= 10 × 82.
= 820.
Example 16
Find the sum of all multiples of 5 from 10 to 100.
Solution. The terms form an AP: 10, 15, …, 100.
a = 10
d = 5
l = 100.
100 = 10 + (n − 1)5, so n = 19.
S = n/2 (a + l).
= 19/2 × 110.
= 19 × 55.
= 1045.
Example 17
Find the sum of the even numbers from 2 to 50.
Solution. 2 + 4 + … + 50 = 2(1 + 2 + … + 25).
1 + 2 + … + 25 = 25 × 26/2
= 325.
Sum = 2 × 325.
= 650.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.6 Geometric Progressions Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.6

Geometric Progressions

Key Idea
A geometric progression (GP) has a constant common ratio r : a , a r , a r 2 , … t n = a · r n−1 . Recursive form: t 1 = a , t n = r · t n−1 .
AP GP
Rule add the same d multiply by the same r
n -th term a + ( n − 1) d a r n−1
Growth linear (straight line) exponential (curve)
Test equal differences equal ratios

If r > 1 the terms grow; if 0 < r < 1 they shrink towards 0; if r < 0 the signs alternate.

Any three consecutive terms x, y, z of a GP satisfy y2 = xz.

Example 18
Find the 8th term of the GP 3, 6, 12, …
Solution. a = 3 and r = 6/3 = 2.
t8 = ar7.
= 3 × 27.
= 3 × 128.
= 384.
Example 19
Which term of the GP 1, 3, 9, … is 729?
Solution. a = 1 and r = 3.
3n−1 = 729.
729 = 36.
n − 1 = 6.
n = 7.
Example 20
In a GP, t3 = 12 and t6 = 96. Find a and r.
Solution. ar2 = 12.
ar5 = 96.
Divide: r3 = 96/12 = 8.
r = 2.
a = 12/r2
= 12/4.
= 3.
Example 21
A tank holds 64 litres and loses half its water every day. How much is left after 5 days?
Solution. This is a GP with a = 64 and r = 1/2.
Amount after 5 days = 64 × (1/2)5.
= 64/32.
= 2 litres.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions 8.6.1 Fractals: the Sierpiński Triangle and Bouncing Balls Ganita Manjari · Class 9
8.6.1

Fractals: the Sierpiński Triangle and Bouncing Balls

Key Idea
A fractal is a self-similar shape that repeats at smaller and smaller scales. Sierpiński triangle. At stage n there are t n = 3 n triangles (a GP with r = 3 ), and the shaded area is s n = (3/4) n of the original (a GP with r = 3/4 ).
Fig. 8.4 The Sierpiński triangle at stages 0 to 3: the number of triangles triples at each stage.
Fig. 8.4 The Sierpiński triangle at stages 0 to 3: the number of triangles triples at each stage.

At each stage the middle triangle of every black triangle is removed: 3 triangles remain from each 1, and each has 1/4 of the area, so the total shaded area is multiplied by 3/4.

A bouncing ball rebounding to a fixed fraction r of its previous height has heights forming a GP with ratio r.

Fig. 8.5 A ball dropped from 24 ft, rebounding to 75% each time. After the 7th bounce the height is below 4 ft.
Fig. 8.5 A ball dropped from 24 ft, rebounding to 75% each time. After the 7th bounce the height is below 4 ft.
Example 22
Find the number of black triangles and the shaded fraction of the area at stage 5 of the Sierpiński triangle.
Solution. Number of triangles = 35.
= 243.
Shaded fraction = (3/4)5.
= 243/1024.
≈ 0.237.
Example 23
A ball is dropped from 24 ft and rebounds to 75% of its previous height each time. Find the heights after 3 bounces and after which bounce the height first falls below 4 ft.
Solution. Bounce 1: 24 × 0.75 = 18 ft.
Bounce 2: 18 × 0.75 = 13.5 ft.
Bounce 3: 13.5 × 0.75 = 10.125 ft.
Bounce 4: 7.594 ft.
Bounce 5: 5.695 ft.
Bounce 6: 4.271 ft.
Bounce 7: 3.203 ft.
The height first falls below 4 ft after the 7th bounce.
Example 24
A ball dropped from 16 m rebounds to half its previous height each time. How high does it go after the 4th bounce?
Solution. a = 16 and r = 1/2.
Height after 4 bounces = 16 × (1/2)4.
= 16/16.
= 1 m.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 8: Chapter-End Questions

Try each question without looking at the examples. Questions marked with a star () are challenging. Verified stepwise solutions follow.
A. Recall and apply
8.1
Find the 31st term of an AP whose 11th term is 38 and 16th term is 73.
8.2
Determine the AP whose third term is 16 and whose 7th term exceeds the 5th term by 12.
8.3
How many three-digit numbers are divisible by 7?
8.4
How many multiples of 4 lie between 10 and 250?
8.5
The number of bacteria in a culture doubles every hour. There were 30 at the start. How many are there at the end of the 2nd hour, the 4th hour and the n-th hour?
8.6
Find the smallest value of n such that the sum of the first n natural numbers is greater than 1000.
8.7
Which term of the GP 2, 8, 32, … is 131072? Write the explicit and recursive formulas.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Chapter-End Questions (Standard & Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
8.8
Find a GP whose first two terms add up to −4 and whose 5th term is 4 times its 3rd term.
8.9
The sum of the 4th and 8th terms of an AP is 24, and the sum of the 6th and 10th terms is 44. Find the first three terms.
8.10
Suppose P1 = 1, P2 = 2 and Pn = P1 + P2 + … + Pn−1 + 1 for n > 2. (i) Find P1, …, P8. (ii) Find a simpler recursive rule. (iii) Find an explicit formula.
8.11
Suppose W1 = 1, W2 = 2 and Wn = W1 + W2 + … + Wn−2 + 2 for n > 2. (i) Find W1, …, W8. (ii) Do you recognise the sequence?
8.12
If the 4th, 10th and 16th terms of a GP are x, y and z, prove that x, y, z are in GP.
C. Challenge
8.13
Find all ways of writing 100 as a sum of consecutive natural numbers.
8.14
The sum of the first three terms of a GP is 13/12 and their product is −1. Find the common ratio and the terms.
8.15
The sum of the first three terms of a GP is 26 and the sum of their squares is 364. Find the terms.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Stepwise Solutions (Q 8.1 – Q 8.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 8: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 8.1
Let the first term be a and the common difference d.
t11 = a + 10d
= 38.
t16 = a + 15d
= 73.
Subtract: 5d = 35.
d = 7.
a + 70 = 38, so a = −32.
t31 = a + 30d.
= −32 + 210.
= 178.
Question 8.2
t3 = a + 2d
= 16.
t7 = t5 + 12.
(a + 6d) = (a + 4d) + 12.
2d = 12.
d = 6.
a + 12 = 16, so a = 4.
The AP is 4, 10, 16, 22, …
Question 8.3
Smallest three-digit multiple of 7: 7 × 15 = 105.
Largest: 7 × 142 = 994.
AP: 105, 112, …, 994 with d = 7.
994 = 105 + (n − 1)7.
889 = (n − 1)7.
n − 1 = 127.
n = 128.
Question 8.4
Smallest multiple of 4 above 10 is 12.
Largest below 250 is 248.
AP: 12, 16, …, 248 with d = 4.
248 = 12 + (n − 1)4.
236 = (n − 1)4.
n − 1 = 59.
n = 60.
Question 8.5
The counts form a GP with a = 30 and r = 2.
After t hours: 30 × 2t.
2nd hour: 30 × 22 = 120.
4th hour: 30 × 24 = 30 × 16 = 480.
n-th hour: 30 × 2n.
Question 8.6
n(n + 1)/2 > 1000.
n(n + 1) > 2000.
n = 44: 44 × 45 = 1980, so S44 = 990, which is not enough.
n = 45: 45 × 46 = 2070, so S45 = 1035.
The smallest value is n = 45.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Stepwise Solutions (Q 8.7 – Q 8.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 8 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 8.7
a = 2 and r = 4.
Explicit: tn = 2 · 4n−1.
Recursive: t1 = 2, tn = 4tn−1 for n ≥ 2.
2 · 4n−1 = 22n−1.
131072 = 217.
2n − 1 = 17.
n = 9.
131072 is the 9th term.
Question 8.8
Let the GP be a, ar, ar2, …
a + ar = −4, so a(1 + r) = −4.
ar4 = 4ar2.
r2 = 4, so r = 2 or r = −2.
If r = 2: 3a = −4 and a = −4/3.
GP: −4/3, −8/3, −16/3, …
If r = −2: −a = −4 and a = 4.
GP: 4, −8, 16, −32, …
Question 8.9
t4 + t8 = 2a + 10d
= 24, so a + 5d = 12.
t6 + t10 = 2a + 14d
= 44, so a + 7d = 22.
Subtract: 2d = 10.
d = 5.
a + 25 = 12, so a = −13.
The first three terms are −13, −8, −3.
Question 8.10
(i)P3 = 1 + 2 + 1 = 4.
P4 = 1 + 2 + 4 + 1
= 8.
P5 = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 1
= 16.
P6 = 32
P7 = 64
P8 = 128.
(ii)Pn and Pn−1 differ by Pn−1.
Pn = Pn−1 + Pn−1.
So Pn = 2Pn−1 for n ≥ 3, with P1 = 1, P2 = 2.
(iii)The terms are 1, 2, 4, 8, …
Pn = 2n−1.
Question 8.11
(i)W3 = W1 + 2 = 3.
W4 = 1 + 2 + 2
= 5.
W5 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 2
= 8.
W6 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 5 + 2
= 13.
W7 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 5 + 8 + 2
= 21.
W8 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 5 + 8 + 13 + 2
= 34.
(ii)The terms are 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34.
Each term is the sum of the previous two.
This is the Virahānka–Fibonacci sequence.
Question 8.12
Let the GP have first term a and ratio r.
x = ar3.
y = ar9.
z = ar15.
y2 = a2 r18.
xz = (ar3)(ar15).
= a2 r18.
So y2 = xz.
Hence x, y, z are in GP.
Chapter 8: Sequences & Progressions Stepwise Solutions (Q 8.13 – Q 8.15) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 8 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 15
Question 8.13
Let k numbers start from a: a + (a + 1) + … + (a + k − 1) = 100.
k/2 × [2a + (k − 1)] = 100.
k(2a + k − 1) = 200 with k ≥ 2
a ≥ 1.
k and 2a + k − 1 have opposite parity (one even, one odd).
Factor pairs of 200 with opposite parity: (5, 40), (8, 25), (25, 8), (40, 5).
k = 5: 2a + 4 = 40, so a = 18.
k = 8: 2a + 7 = 25, so a = 9.
k = 25 gives 2a + 24 = 8 and k = 40 gives 2a + 39 = 5: a is negative, rejected.
100 = 18 + 19 + 20 + 21 + 22.
100 = 9 + 10 + 11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16.
Question 8.14
Let the terms be a/r, a, ar.
Product: a3 = −1, so a = −1.
Sum: −1/r − 1 − r = 13/12.
1/r + 1 + r = −13/12.
12(r2 + r + 1) = −13r.
12r2 + 25r + 12 = 0.
12r2 + 16r + 9r + 12 = 0.
4r(3r + 4) + 3(3r + 4) = 0.
(4r + 3)(3r + 4) = 0.
r = −3/4 or r = −4/3.
For r = −3/4 the terms are 4/3, −1, 3/4.
For r = −4/3 the terms are 3/4, −1, 4/3.
Question 8.15
Let the terms be a, ar, ar2.
a(1 + r + r2) = 26.
a2(1 + r2 + r4) = 364.
Divide the second by the square of the first.
(1 + r2 + r4)/(1 + r + r2)2 = 364/676
= 7/13.
1 + r2 + r4 = (1 + r + r2)(1 − r + r2).
(1 − r + r2)/(1 + r + r2) = 7/13.
13(1 − r + r2) = 7(1 + r + r2).
6r2 − 20r + 6 = 0.
3r2 − 10r + 3 = 0.
(3r − 1)(r − 3) = 0.
r = 3 or r = 1/3.
For r = 3: 13a = 26, so a = 2.
The terms are 2, 6, 18 (or 18, 6, 2 for r = 1/3).
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 9
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Propositions and their Converses

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Proposition A statement that is definitely true or definitely false. Usually “If P , then Q ”: P is the hypothesis, Q the conclusion.
Converse “If Q , then P ”: hypothesis and conclusion swapped.
Four cases Proposition and converse can be both true, only one true, or both false.
Both true Written “ P if and only if Q ”.
Justifying a true statement Give a general argument valid for every case (use letters, not particular numbers).
Counterexample One example satisfying the hypothesis but not the conclusion. One counterexample disproves a statement.
Examples do not prove Checking a few cases never proves a general statement.
Divisibility Divisible by a and by b is the same as divisible by lcm ( a , b ) ; equal to a b only when gcd is 1.
Perfect squares Product of perfect squares is a perfect square; the converse is false.
Number of factors p 2 has 3 factors; p q ( p ≠ q primes) has 4; the converses need care.
Contrapositive “If P , then Q ” is equivalent to “If not Q , then not P ”.
Necessary, sufficient P ⇒ Q : P is sufficient for Q ; Q is necessary for P . Both ways: iff.
Squares and factors A positive integer is a perfect square if and only if it has an odd number of factors.
Geometry pairs Isosceles triangle theorem and its converse; corresponding angles and parallel lines; Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem and its converse.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.1 Propositions Ganita Manjari · Class 9
9.1

Propositions

Key Idea
A proposition is a mathematical statement that is either true or false, never both. Most are written “ If P , then Q ”. P is the hypothesis (what we assume) and Q is the conclusion (what we claim).

“Is 7 prime?” is a question, not a proposition. “Close the door” is an instruction.

“If a number is a multiple of 6, then it is a multiple of 3” is a proposition, and it is true.

A statement with an unspecified variable, such as x + 2 = 5, is not yet a proposition; it becomes one for a given x.

Statements can often be rewritten in “if-then” form: “Equal angles in a triangle have equal opposite sides” is “If two angles of a triangle are equal, then the sides opposite them are equal”.

Example 1
Write the hypothesis and the conclusion of: “If two angles are vertically opposite, then they are equal.”
Solution. Hypothesis: the two angles are vertically opposite.
Conclusion: the two angles are equal.
Example 2
Decide whether each is a proposition: (a) 17 is a prime number. (b) What is the square of 5? (c) If a number ends in 0, then it is divisible by 10.
Solution. (a) It is definitely true, so it is a proposition.
(b) It is a question and has no truth value, so it is not.
(c) It is definitely true, so it is a proposition.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.2 The Converse of a Proposition Ganita Manjari · Class 9
9.2

The Converse of a Proposition

Key Idea
The converse of “If P , then Q ” is “If Q , then P ”. A true proposition may have a false converse. The proposition and its converse must each be checked separately .
Proposition Converse Example
true true If x = y then x + a = y + a ; and the converse (cancel a ).
true false If a number is a multiple of 6, it is a multiple of 3; but 9 is a multiple of 3 and not of 6.
false true If two triangles have equal area, then they are congruent (false); the converse “congruent ⇒ equal area” is true.
false false If a number is divisible by 4, then it is odd (false); the converse “odd ⇒ divisible by 4” is also false.

Wording: “when”, “whenever” and “implies” can hide the direction. “A number has an odd number of factors when it is a perfect square” means “If a number is a perfect square, then it has an odd number of factors”; “when” does not turn it into the converse.

Real life: “If it rains on an uncovered road, the road gets wet” is true. “If the road is wet, then it has rained” is false: a water tanker may have spilled.

When both a proposition and its converse are true we write “P if and only if Q”.

Example 3
Write the converse of “If a triangle is equilateral, then all its angles are 60°” and decide whether it is true.
Solution. Converse: If all angles of a triangle are 60°, then it is equilateral.
Angles equal means opposite sides are equal.
So all three sides are equal.
The converse is true.
Example 4
Write the converse of “If a number ends in 0, then it is divisible by 5” and test it.
Solution. Proposition: a number ending in 0 is 10k.
10k = 5 × 2k, so it is divisible by 5: true.
Converse: If a number is divisible by 5, then it ends in 0.
Try 15: divisible by 5 but ends in 5.
So the converse is false.
Example 5
Show that both “If a positive integer is a multiple of 4, then it ends in 4” and its converse are false.
Solution. Proposition: take 8, a multiple of 4 that ends in 8.
So the proposition is false.
Converse: if a positive integer ends in 4, then it is a multiple of 4.
Take 14, which ends in 4.
14 ÷ 4 is not a whole number.
So the converse is false too.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.3 Justification and Counterexamples Ganita Manjari · Class 9
9.3

Justification and Counterexamples

Key Idea
To show a statement is true , give a general argument that works for every case, using letters such as n = 24 k . To show a statement is false , give one counterexample : an example where the hypothesis holds and the conclusion fails.

Checking many examples never proves a general statement.

Contrapositive: “If P, then Q” is equivalent to “If not Q, then not P”. Proving the contrapositive is sometimes easier, as in divisibility questions.

Even a famous-looking rule can fail: n2 + n + 11 is prime for n = 0, 1, …, 9, but n = 10 gives 121 = 11 × 11.

Counterexamples for “if-then” statements must satisfy the if part.

Example 6
Prove that the product of two even numbers is divisible by 4.
Solution. Let the numbers be 2a and 2b.
Their product is 2a × 2b.
= 4ab.
4ab is divisible by 4.
This works for every pair of even numbers.
Example 7
Prove that the sum of two consecutive integers is odd.
Solution. Let the integers be n and n + 1.
Sum = n + (n + 1).
= 2n + 1.
2n + 1 is always odd.
Example 8
Fermat conjectured that 22^n + 1 is prime for every n = 0, 1, 2, … Check small cases and disprove the claim.
Solution. n = 0: 21 + 1 = 3, prime.
n = 1: 22 + 1 = 5, prime.
n = 2: 24 + 1 = 17, prime.
n = 3: 28 + 1 = 257, prime.
n = 4: 216 + 1 = 65537, prime.
n = 5: 232 + 1 = 4294967297.
= 641 × 6700417.
This is composite (Euler, 1732), so Fermat’s claim is false.
Example 9
Find a counterexample to “All numbers of the form n2 + n + 41 are prime”.
Solution. Try n = 41.
412 + 41 + 41 = 41(41 + 1 + 1).
= 41 × 43.
= 1763.
1763 is not prime, so the claim is false.
Example 10
Find a counterexample to “If n > 1, then n2 > 2n”.
Solution. Take n = 2.
n2 = 4 and 2n = 4.
4 > 4 is false.
The statement is false, with counterexample n = 2.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.4 Propositions from Number Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 11
Find a counterexample to “If x2 = 9, then x = 3”.
Solution. Take x = −3.
(−3)2 = 9, so the hypothesis holds.
x = −3 ≠ 3, so the conclusion fails.
9.4

Propositions from Number Theory

Key Idea
If n is divisible by a and by b , it is divisible by lcm ( a , b ) . If gcd ( a , b ) = 1 , lcm = a b and the converse “divisible by a and b ⇒ divisible by a b ” is true . If gcd ( a , b ) > 1 the converse can fail: 12 is divisible by 4 and 6, but not by 24.

Digit-sum rule for 3 (and 9): a number is divisible by 3 if and only if its digit sum is a multiple of 3 (same for 9).

Factors: p2 (p prime) has exactly 3 factors: 1, p, p2. pq (p ≠ q primes) has exactly 4: 1, p, q, pq. The number 8 also has 4 factors, so “4 factors ⇒ product of two primes” is false.

Factors come in pairs; the number of factors is odd exactly when the number is a perfect square.

Perfect squares: if a = m2 and b = n2, then ab = (mn)2. The converse is false: 2 × 8 = 16.

Example 12
Prove: If n is divisible by 15, then it is divisible by both 3 and 5. Is the converse true?
Solution. Let n = 15k.
n = 3 × 5k, so 3 divides n.
n = 5 × 3k, so 5 divides n.
Converse: if n is divisible by 3 and 5, then it is divisible by 15.
gcd(3, 5) = 1, so lcm = 15.
A number divisible by both is divisible by their lcm.
The converse is true.
Example 13
Test the statement “If the digit sum of a number is a multiple of 9, then the number is divisible by 9” on 738.
Solution. Digit sum = 7 + 3 + 8 = 18.
18 is a multiple of 9.
738 = 9 × 82.
So 738 is divisible by 9, as claimed.
Example 14
Prove: a positive integer is a perfect square if and only if it has an odd number of factors.
Solution. Pair each factor f of n with its partner n/f.
If f ≠ n/f, the pair has two different factors.
A factor is its own partner when f × f = n.
That happens exactly when n is a perfect square, with f = √n.
A perfect square has exactly one such factor, since a positive number has one positive square root.
Count of factors = (an even number) + 1, which is odd.
A non-square has no self-partnered factor, so all its factors pair up.
So it has an even number of factors.
Hence n is a perfect square if and only if it has an odd number of factors.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.5 Propositions from Geometry Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 15
Why does 49 have exactly three factors while 36 has an odd number of factors?
Solution. 49 = 72 with 7 prime.
Its factors are 1, 7 and 49: exactly 3.
Factors of 36: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
They pair up: (1, 36), (2, 18), (3, 12), (4, 9).
The factor 6 pairs with itself because 6 × 6 = 36.
So the count is 4 × 2 + 1 = 9, which is odd.
Example 16
Disprove: “If a and b are perfect squares, then a + b is a perfect square.”
Solution. Take a = 1 and b = 4.
Both are perfect squares.
a + b = 5.
5 is not a perfect square.
So the statement is false.
9.5

Propositions from Geometry

Key Idea
Isosceles triangle theorem and converse. If A B = A C , then ∠ B = ∠ C ; and if ∠ B = ∠ C , then A B = A C . Both are true. Parallel lines. If l ∥ m , corresponding angles are equal; and if corresponding angles are equal, l ∥ m . Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem and converse. In a right triangle a 2 + b 2 = c 2 ; and if a 2 + b 2 = c 2 in a triangle, it is right-angled.
Fig. 9.1 Isosceles triangle ABC with the altitude AD used to prove the converse.
Fig. 9.1 Isosceles triangle ABC with the altitude AD used to prove the converse.
Fig. 9.2 Parallel lines l and m cut by a transversal: corresponding angles α and β.
Fig. 9.2 Parallel lines l and m cut by a transversal: corresponding angles α and β.
Fig. 9.3 Both triangles have area 6 cm², but they are not congruent: the converse of “congruent triangles have equal areas” is false.
Fig. 9.3 Both triangles have area 6 cm², but they are not congruent: the converse of “congruent triangles have equal areas” is false.
Fig. 9.4 Converse of the Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem: the right triangle with legs a, b has hypotenuse x = c.
Fig. 9.4 Converse of the Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem: the right triangle with legs a, b has hypotenuse x = c.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Chapter Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 17
Prove the converse of the isosceles triangle theorem: if ∠B = ∠C in Δ ABC, then AB = AC.
Solution. Draw AD ⊥ BC with D on BC.
In Δ ABD and Δ ACD: ∠ADB = ∠ADC = 90°.
∠BAD = 180° − 90° − ∠B.
∠CAD = 180° − 90° − ∠C.
Since ∠B = ∠C, ∠BAD = ∠CAD.
AD = AD (common).
So Δ ABD ≅ Δ ACD (ASA).
Hence AB = AC (corresponding sides).
Example 18
Prove the converse of the Baudhāyana–Pythagoras theorem: if a2 + b2 = c2 in a triangle with sides a, b, c, then it is right-angled.
Solution. Build a right triangle with legs a and b.
Its hypotenuse x satisfies x2 = a2 + b2.
Given a2 + b2 = c2, we get x2 = c2.
So x = c.
Both triangles have sides a, b, c.
They are congruent (SSS).
The original triangle has a right angle, opposite the side c.
Example 19
Is a triangle with sides 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm right-angled?
Solution. 52 + 122 = 25 + 144.
= 169.
= 132.
By the converse of the theorem, it is right-angled, with the right angle opposite the 13 cm side.
Example 20
Show that “If two triangles have the same area, then they are congruent” is false, but its converse is true.
Solution. Triangle 1: base 4 cm, height 3 cm, area = ½ × 4 × 3 = 6 cm².
Triangle 2: base 6 cm, height 2 cm, area = ½ × 6 × 2 = 6 cm².
The areas are equal, but the shapes differ, so the triangles are not congruent.
The proposition is false.
Converse: congruent triangles have the same area.
Congruent triangles coincide when placed on each other.
So their areas are equal.
The converse is true.
Example 21
The proposition “If a quadrilateral is a rectangle, then its diagonals are equal” is true. Is the converse true?
Solution. Converse: If the diagonals of a quadrilateral are equal, then it is a rectangle.
Take an isosceles trapezium.
Its diagonals are equal.
But its angles are not all right angles.
So it is not a rectangle.
The converse is false.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.6 Necessary, Sufficient and “If and Only If” Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 22
Lines l ∥ m are cut by a transversal and one corresponding angle is 65°. Find the other, and say what the converse tells us.
Solution. Corresponding angles are equal for parallel lines.
The other corresponding angle is 65°.
Converse: if a transversal makes equal corresponding angles with two lines, the lines are parallel.
So the equality of corresponding angles tests whether lines are parallel.
9.6

Necessary, Sufficient and “If and Only If”

Key Idea
If P implies Q , then P is a sufficient condition for Q and Q is a necessary condition for P . If both P implies Q and Q implies P are true, we write P if and only if Q (iff).

Sufficient means enough: P guarantees Q. Necessary means unavoidable: without Q, P cannot hold.

In “If a number is divisible by 6, then it is divisible by 3”, divisibility by 6 is sufficient for divisibility by 3, and divisibility by 3 is necessary for divisibility by 6, but not sufficient (9).

Example 23
In “If n is divisible by 24, then it is divisible by 4”, name a sufficient and a necessary condition.
Solution. Sufficient condition for divisibility by 4: n is divisible by 24.
Necessary condition for divisibility by 24: n is divisible by 4.
It is not sufficient: 12 is divisible by 4 but not by 24.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses 9.7 Writing Good Mathematical Answers Ganita Manjari · Class 9
9.7

Writing Good Mathematical Answers

Key Idea
A final answer “true” or “false” is only part of the work. You must also explain why .

Step 1. Write the proposition in “if-then” form.

Step 2. Decide true or false. If true, give a general argument; if false, give a counterexample that satisfies the “if” part.

Step 3. Write the converse by swapping hypothesis and conclusion.

Step 4. Repeat Steps 2 for the converse. Never assume the converse is true (or false) because the proposition is.

Step 5. If both are true, state the result as “P if and only if Q”.

Example 24
Treat the statement: “If n is divisible by 10, then it is divisible by 5.”
Solution. It is already in if-then form.
Let n = 10k.
n = 5 × 2k, so it is divisible by 5: true.
Converse: If n is divisible by 5, then it is divisible by 10.
Counterexample: n = 15.
15 is divisible by 5, not by 10.
The converse is false.
Example 25
Express “a number is divisible by 3” and “its digit sum is a multiple of 3” using if-then sentences.
Solution. Statement 1: If a number is divisible by 3, then its digit sum is a multiple of 3.
Statement 2: If the digit sum of a number is a multiple of 3, then it is divisible by 3.
Each is the converse of the other, and both are true.
So a number is divisible by 3 if and only if its digit sum is a multiple of 3.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 9: Chapter-End Questions

9.1
These are the 17 questions of Exercise Set 9.1. For Questions 1 to 12 write the converse, decide whether each of the two statements is true, justify the true ones and give a counterexample for each false one. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
9.2
If two lines are parallel, then the corresponding angles formed by a transversal are equal.
Mathematical Diagram
9.3
If a quadrilateral is a square, then all its angles are equal.
Mathematical Diagram
9.4
If x = y, then a + x = a + y, where x, y, a are any three numbers.
9.5
If x = y, then x2 = y2, for real numbers x, y.
9.6
If x = y, then x3 = y3, for real numbers x, y.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Chapter-End Questions (Standard & Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
9.7
If a and b are perfect squares, then ab is a perfect square.
9.8
If n is divisible by 24, then it is divisible by both 4 and 6.
9.9
If n is divisible by 60, then it is divisible by both 5 and 12.
9.10
If n is the square of a prime number, then it has exactly 3 factors.
9.11
If n is a product of two unequal prime numbers, then it has exactly 4 divisors.
9.12
If n and n + 3 have no common factor (other than 1), then n is not a multiple of 3.
C. Challenge
9.13
Given Δ ABC, bisect the angles at B and C; the bisectors meet at the incentre I and, extended, meet the opposite sides at E and F. Proposition: If AB = AC, then IE = IF. Write the converse and decide whether each is true.
Mathematical Diagram
9.14
Find counterexamples to these claims. (i) All numbers of the form 4n2 + 1 are prime. (ii) All numbers of the form n2 + n + 11 are prime. (iii) All numbers of the form 4n + 3 are prime.
9.15
Find counterexamples to: (i) If n is prime, then 2n − 1 is prime. (ii) If n is even, then 2n + 1 is prime.
9.16
Consider “If a number is divisible by 8, then it is divisible by both 2 and 4.” (i) Justify it. (ii) Is it enough to check divisibility by 2 and 4 to test divisibility by 8?
9.17
Express the relationship between “a number is divisible by 3” and “the sum of its digits is a multiple of 3” using if-then sentences.
9.18
Suppose a category Q of quadrilaterals is made by placing two thin sticks as diagonals and joining their endpoints. (i) Let the property be “If a quadrilateral is of type Q, then it has equal diagonals”. (a) Must the sticks be equal? (b) Does it matter how they are put together? (ii) Now let the property be “If a quadrilateral has equal diagonals, then it is of type Q”. Answer (a) and (b) again.
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Stepwise Solutions (Q 9.1 – Q 9.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 9: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 9.1
Proposition: true.
This is the corresponding-angles property of parallel lines.
Converse: If the corresponding angles formed by a transversal with two lines are equal, then the two lines are parallel.
The converse is true.
Equal corresponding angles are exactly the test for parallel lines.
So l ∥ m implies α = β, and α = β implies l ∥ m.
Question 9.2
Proposition: true.
Every angle of a square is 90°.
Converse: If all the angles of a quadrilateral are equal, then it is a square.
The converse is false.
Counterexample: a rectangle 6 cm by 4 cm has four equal angles of 90°.
Its sides are not all equal, so it is not a square.
Question 9.3
Proposition: true.
Adding the same number to equal numbers gives equal results.
Converse: If a + x = a + y, then x = y.
The converse is true.
Subtract a from both sides.
a + x − a = a + y − a.
x = y.
Question 9.4
Proposition: true.
Equal numbers have equal squares.
Converse: If x2 = y2, then x = y.
The converse is false.
Counterexample: x = 2 and y = −2.
x2 = 4
= y2 but 2 ≠ −2.
Question 9.5
Proposition: true.
Equal numbers have equal cubes.
Converse: If x3 = y3, then x = y.
The converse is true.
Take the real cube root of both sides.
Each real number has only one real cube root.
So x = y.
Question 9.6
Proposition: true.
Let a = m2 and b = n2 with m, n integers.
ab = m2 n2
= (mn)2.
mn is an integer, so ab is a perfect square.
Converse: If ab is a perfect square, then a and b are perfect squares.
The converse is false.
Counterexample: a = 2 and b = 8.
ab = 16
= 42, but neither 2 nor 8 is a perfect square.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Stepwise Solutions (Q 9.7 – Q 9.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 9 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 9.7
Proposition: true.
Let n = 24k.
n = 4 × 6k and n = 6 × 4k.
So n is divisible by 4 and by 6.
Converse: If n is divisible by both 4 and 6, then it is divisible by 24.
The converse is false.
Counterexample: n = 12.
12 is divisible by 4 and 6, but not by 24.
Question 9.8
Proposition: true.
Let n = 60k.
n = 5 × 12k and n = 12 × 5k.
So n is divisible by 5 and by 12.
Converse: If n is divisible by both 5 and 12, then it is divisible by 60.
The converse is true.
lcm(5, 12) = 60 because gcd(5, 12) = 1.
A number divisible by both is divisible by their lcm, 60.
Question 9.9
Proposition: true.
Let n = p2 with p prime.
The only factors are 1, p and p2.
So there are exactly 3 factors.
Converse: If n has exactly 3 factors, then it is the square of a prime.
The converse is true.
Let the factors be 1, p and n, with 1 < p < n.
Since p divides n, so does n ÷ p.
n ÷ p lies between 1 and n, so it is p.
Then n = p2.
If p were composite, a factor of p between 1 and p would be a fourth factor of n.
So p is prime and n = p2.
Question 9.10
Proposition: true.
Let n = pq with p ≠ q primes.
The divisors are 1, p, q, pq.
These are four different numbers and there are no others.
Converse: If n has exactly 4 divisors, then it is a product of two unequal primes.
The converse is false.
Counterexample: n = 8.
Its divisors are 1, 2, 4, 8: exactly four.
But 8 = 2 × 2 × 2 is not a product of two unequal primes.
Question 9.11
Proposition: true.
If n were a multiple of 3, then n + 3 would be too.
Then 3 would be a common factor, contradicting the hypothesis.
So n is not a multiple of 3.
Converse: If n is not a multiple of 3, then n and n + 3 have no common factor other than 1.
The converse is true.
Any common factor of n and n + 3 divides (n + 3) − n = 3.
So it is 1 or 3.
It cannot be 3, since 3 does not divide n.
So the only common factor is 1.
Question 9.12
Proposition: true.
AB = AC gives ∠ABC = ∠BCA.
BI and CI bisect equal angles, so ∠IBC = ∠ICB.
So BI = CI in Δ BIC.
In Δ CIE and Δ BIF: ∠ICE = ∠IBF (halves of equal angles).
∠CIE = ∠BIF (vertically opposite).
CI = BI.
So Δ CIE ≅ Δ BIF (ASA).
Hence IE = IF.
Converse: if IE = IF, then AB = AC.
It is false.
Counterexample: ∠A = 60°, ∠B = 90°, ∠C = 30°.
AI bisects ∠A, so ∠EAI = ∠IAF = 30°.
∠ABE = 45° and ∠ACF = 15°.
∠AEB = 180° − 60° − 45°
= 75°.
∠AFC = 180° − 60° − 15°
= 105°.
Mark G on ray AB with AG = AE and join IG.
Δ AEI ≅ Δ AGI (SAS), so IE = IG and ∠AGI = 75°.
G cannot lie between A and F (then Δ IFG would have two angles of 105°).
G ≠ F because ∠AGI = 75° ≠ 105° = ∠AFI.
So F lies between A and G, and ∠IGF = 75°.
∠IFG = 180° − 105°
= 75°.
Δ IFG has equal base angles, so IF = IG.
Hence IE = IG = IF.
But ∠B ≠ ∠C, so AB ≠ AC.
So the converse is false.
Chapter 9: Propositions & Converses Stepwise Solutions (Q 9.13 – Q 9.17) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 9 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 17
Question 9.13
(i)Take n = 4.
4n2 + 1 = 4(16) + 1.
= 65.
= 5 × 13.
(ii)Take n = 10.
n2 + n + 11 = 100 + 10 + 11.
= 121.
= 11 × 11.
(iii)Take n = 4.
44 + 3 = 256 + 3.
= 259.
= 7 × 37.
Each is composite, so each claim is false.
Question 9.14
(i)Take n = 11, which is prime.
211 − 1 = 2048 − 1.
= 2047.
= 23 × 89.
So 2n − 1 is composite here.
(ii)Take n = 6, which is even.
26 + 1 = 65.
= 5 × 13.
So 2n + 1 is composite here.
Question 9.15
(i)Let n = 8k.
n = 2 × 4k and n = 4 × 2k.
So n is divisible by 2 and by 4.
(ii)No.
12 is divisible by 2 and by 4 but not by 8.
lcm(2, 4) = 4, so checking 2 and 4 only tests divisibility by 4.
The usual test for 8: check whether the number formed by the last three digits is divisible by 8.
Question 9.16
Statement 1: If a number is divisible by 3, then the sum of its digits is a multiple of 3.
Statement 2: If the sum of the digits is a multiple of 3, then the number is divisible by 3.
Both are true, and each is the converse of the other.
Example: for 123, 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 and 123 = 3 × 41.
Question 9.17
(i)(a) Yes.
Every quadrilateral of type Q has equal diagonals.
So the sticks must be equal.
(i)(b) It may matter.
The statement does not say that every quadrilateral with equal diagonals is of type Q.
If Q means rectangles, the equal sticks must be put together at their midpoints.
Equal lengths are necessary but not sufficient.
(ii)(a) Equal sticks guarantee a quadrilateral of type Q.
The statement does not rule out type Q from unequal sticks.
(ii)(b) Any way of joining equal sticks (into a proper quadrilateral) gives type Q.
The diagonals are then equal, so the statement applies.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 10
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

How Quantities Combine: Understanding Data

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Combined mean Two groups with means a , b and sizes n , m : ( a × n + b × m )/( n + m ) .
Average of averages The simple mean of group means is right only when the group sizes are equal .
Weighted mean Σ w i x i / Σ w i . The weights can be sizes, volumes, marks ratios or frequencies.
Properties Equal weights give the ordinary mean. Multiplying all weights by k > 0 changes nothing. The mean lies between the smallest and largest value.
Mixtures Concentration = amount of active ingredient ÷ total quantity. Use volume as the weight.
Updating a mean New mean = (old total ± change) ÷ new count.
Dilution The solute stays the same; the total volume grows.
Rating schemes Convert marks to percentages first, then apply the weights.
Stacked bar chart Shows totals and parts (absolute values).
100% stacked bar chart Shows shares only. It cannot compare absolute amounts across bars.
Conversions Stacked to 100% stacked is always possible; the reverse is not.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.1 Combined Mean: Average of Averages Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.1

Combined Mean: Average of Averages

Key Idea
Mean = total of all values ÷ number of values. To combine two groups, add their totals and divide by the total count .
Mathematical Diagram

Averaging the two group means treats both groups as equally large, which is wrong if their sizes differ.

Equal sizes: if all groups have the same size p, then (a + b + c)p/3p = (a + b + c)/3, so the simple mean of the means works.

Recover a group’s total from its mean: total = mean × count.

Example 1
A badminton academy has 8 seniors with average height 165.5 cm and 3 juniors with average height 149.33 cm. Find the average height of all 11 trainees.
Solution. Total height of seniors = 8 × 165.5 = 1324 cm.
Total height of juniors = 3 × 149.33 ≈ 448 cm.
Combined total = 1324 + 448 = 1772 cm.
Number of trainees = 8 + 3 = 11.
Combined mean = 1772/11.
≈ 161.09 cm.
The simple average of the two means gives 157.4 cm, which is wrong because seniors outnumber juniors.
Example 2
Jaspreet cycles on 5 weekdays in each of 3 weeks, with weekly averages 12.8, 15.8 and 18.0 minutes. Find her average over all 15 days.
Solution. All three weeks have the same number of days (5), so the weights are equal.
Combined mean = (12.8 + 15.8 + 18.0)/3.
= 46.6/3.
≈ 15.53 minutes.
Check with totals: (64 + 79 + 90)/15 = 233/15 ≈ 15.53.
Example 3
Class A has 40 students with mean 60; Class B has 20 students with mean 70. Find the combined mean.
Solution. Total marks of A = 40 × 60 = 2400.
Total marks of B = 20 × 70 = 1400.
Combined total = 3800.
Number of students = 60.
Combined mean = 3800/60.
≈ 63.33.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.2 The Weighted Average Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.2

The Weighted Average

Mathematical Diagram
Key Idea
In a weighted average each value is multiplied by its weight : how large, frequent or important it is. “Weight” need not be physical weight.

Equal weights give the ordinary mean.

Multiplying all weights by the same k > 0 leaves the weighted average unchanged.

Bounding: the weighted mean lies between the smallest and largest value.

Brahmagupta (628 CE) used it for the mean depth of an uneven pit; Śrīdharācārya (750 CE) used it for the purity (varṇa) of mixed gold.

Example 4
A pit has length 3 hastas at depth 8, 5 hastas at depth 6, and 2 hastas at depth 4. Find its mean depth.
Solution. Weights are the lengths: 3, 5, 2.
Total length = 10 hastas.
Σwx = 3 × 8 + 5 × 6 + 2 × 4.
= 24 + 30 + 8.
= 62.
Mean depth = 62/10.
= 6.2 hastas.
Example 5
Values 10, 20, 30 have weights 1, 1, 1 and then weights 2, 2, 2. Compare the weighted means.
Solution. Weights 1, 1, 1: (10 + 20 + 30)/3 = 20.
Weights 2, 2, 2: (20 + 40 + 60)/6.
= 120/6.
= 20.
Doubling all weights leaves the weighted mean unchanged.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.3 Mixtures, Concentration and Purity Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.3

Mixtures, Concentration and Purity

Key Idea
Concentration of a mixture = amount of active ingredient ÷ total quantity . Equal quantities: the concentration is the midpoint. Unequal quantities: it is pulled towards the larger quantity.
Fig. 10.1 500 mL at 10% and 200 mL at 20%: the mixture is at the balance point, near the larger volume.
Fig. 10.1 500 mL at 10% and 200 mL at 20%: the mixture is at the balance point, near the larger volume.

The concentration of a mixture of two sources always lies between the two source concentrations (endpoints included).

Never subtract percentages directly; add the amounts of solute.

Example 6
Equal quantities of lemonade with 10% and 20% jaggery are mixed. Find the jaggery concentration.
Solution. Let each glass hold y units.
Jaggery in glass 1 = 0.1y.
Jaggery in glass 2 = 0.2y.
Total jaggery = 0.3y.
Total volume = 2y.
Concentration = 0.3y/2y.
= 0.15 = 15%.
Example 7
A bowl of 500 mL lemonade has 10% jaggery and a glass of 200 mL has 20%. Find the mixture’s concentration.
Solution. Estimate: the bowl is larger, so the answer is below 15%.
Jaggery in the bowl = 0.10 × 500 = 50 mL.
Jaggery in the glass = 0.20 × 200 = 40 mL.
Total jaggery = 90 mL.
Total volume = 700 mL.
Concentration = 90/700.
≈ 12.86%.
Example 8
Batch A is 200 kg at 70% copper, Batch B is 120 kg at 50% copper, and Batch C is 45% copper. The three together are 55% copper. Find the weight of Batch C.
Solution. Let Batch C weigh y kg.
Copper in A = 0.70 × 200 = 140 kg.
Copper in B = 0.50 × 120 = 60 kg.
Copper in C = 0.45y kg.
Total weight = 320 + y kg.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 0.55 = (200 + 0.45y)/(320 + y). Ganita Manjari · Class 9
0.55

= (200 + 0.45y)/(320 + y).

0.55(320 + y) = 200 + 0.45y.

176 + 0.55y = 200 + 0.45y.

0.10y = 24.

y = 240 kg.

10.4

Marks, Profit and Custom Weights

Key Idea
When marks are out of different totals, convert each to a percentage first , then apply the weights. A ratio such as 3 : 2 : 5 means the weights are 3, 2 and 5 (total 10).

Hotel and restaurant ratings, exam scores and profit margins all use weights.

Weighting recent reviews more heavily is a deliberate choice of weights.

Example 9
Rehmat scored 60% in internals, 64% in the project and 73% in the final exam. They are combined in the ratio 3 : 2 : 5. Find the annual score.
Solution. Weights are 3, 2 and 5
total weight = 10.
Σwx = 60 × 3 + 64 × 2 + 73 × 5.
= 180 + 128 + 365.
= 673.
Annual score = 673/10.
= 67.3%.
Equal weights would give 197/3 ≈ 65.67%, which is different.
Example 10
A customer rates Food 5, Service 3 and Ambience 4. The weights are Food : Service : Ambience = 4 : 3 : 2. Find the combined rating.
Solution. Σwx = 5 × 4 + 3 × 3 + 4 × 2.
= 20 + 9 + 8.
= 37.
Total weight = 4 + 3 + 2 = 9.
Combined rating = 37/9.
≈ 4.11 out of 5.
Example 11
A student scores 42 out of 50, 48 out of 60 and 90 out of 100 in three parts with weights 2 : 3 : 5. Find the weighted percentage.
Solution. Convert to percentages: 42/50 = 84%.
48/60 = 80%.
90/100 = 90%.
Σwx = 84 × 2 + 80 × 3 + 90 × 5.
= 168 + 240 + 450.
= 858.
Weighted percentage = 858/10.
= 85.8%.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.5 How an Average Changes Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.5

How an Average Changes

Key Idea
Keep the old total visible: old total = old mean × old count. New mean = (old total ± the value added or removed) ÷ (new count).

A new value above the old mean raises the mean; below lowers it; equal to the mean leaves it unchanged.

When values leave, subtract their total and their count.

Example 12
The mean of 10 scores is 40. An 11th score of 62 is added. Find the new mean.
Solution. Old total = 10 × 40 = 400.
New total = 400 + 62 = 462.
New count = 11.
New mean = 462/11.
= 42.
It rose because 62 is above 40.
Example 13
The mean of 6 numbers is 50. One of them, 70, is removed. Find the mean of the remaining numbers.
Solution. Total = 6 × 50 = 300.
New total = 300 − 70 = 230.
New count = 5.
New mean = 230/5.
= 46.
Example 14
A class of 30 has mean 55. A new student scores 86. Find the new mean.
Solution. Old total = 30 × 55 = 1650.
New total = 1650 + 86 = 1736.
New count = 31.
New mean = 1736/31.
= 56.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.6 Dilution and Possible Target Values Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.6

Dilution and Possible Target Values

Key Idea
When pure water is added to a solution, the amount of solute stays the same and the total volume increases. New concentration = amount of solute ÷ new total volume.

A mixture of two concentrations cannot be stronger than both or weaker than both.

Write an equation for the amount of solute before and after mixing.

Example 15
5 litres of juice with 12% sugar is diluted with 3 litres of water. Find the new concentration.
Solution. Sugar = 0.12 × 5 = 0.6 L.
New volume = 5 + 3 = 8 L.
New concentration = 0.6/8.
= 0.075.
= 7.5%.
Example 16
20 litres of a 10% solution is to be diluted to 8%. How much water must be added?
Solution. Solute = 0.10 × 20 = 2 L.
Let w litres of water be added.
2/(20 + w) = 0.08.
20 + w = 25.
w = 5 litres.
Example 17
Can mixing a 4% and a 9% solution give a 12% solution?
Solution. A mixture lies between the two source concentrations.
The range is 4% to 9%.
12% is above both.
So it is not possible.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.7 Unknown Counts and Frequency Tables Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.7

Unknown Counts and Frequency Tables

Key Idea
Use a letter for each unknown group size, and let the total count give a second equation. Overall mean = (sum of value × frequency) ÷ (sum of the frequencies).

If a group’s mean is above the overall mean, that group pulls the combined mean up. The overall mean lies nearer the group with more members.

For ratings, multiply each rating by the number of customers who gave it before adding.

Example 18
The mean mark of 40 students is 62. The boys’ mean is 70 and the girls’ mean is 50. How many are boys and girls?
Solution. Let there be x boys and y girls.
x + y = 40.
70x + 50y = 62 × 40
= 2480.
70x + 50(40 − x) = 2480.
20x + 2000 = 2480.
20x = 480.
x = 24.
y = 16.
24 boys and 16 girls.
Example 19
A shop collects ratings: 5 stars from 4 people, 4 stars from 3, 3 stars from 2 and 2 stars from 1. Find the mean rating.
Solution. Total people = 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 10.
Σ(rating × count) = 20 + 12 + 6 + 2.
= 40.
Mean rating = 40/10.
= 4.0.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.8 Tables, Stacked Bars and 100% Stacked Bars Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.8

Tables, Stacked Bars and 100% Stacked Bars

Key Idea
Cluster columns compare categories side by side but hide totals. Stacked bars show the total and the parts. 100% stacked bars give every bar the same length and show shares only , like a pie chart.
Fig. 10.2 The same data (weekly expenditure of three families) as cluster, stacked and 100% stacked columns.
Fig. 10.2 The same data (weekly expenditure of three families) as cluster, stacked and 100% stacked columns.

To read a middle segment of a stacked bar, subtract its lower end from its upper end.

To make a 100% stacked bar, divide each part by that bar’s total.

Stacked to 100% stacked: always possible. The reverse: not possible without the totals.

If every bar has the same total (such as 24 hours in a day), the chart is both stacked and 100% stacked.

Fig. 10.3 Household electricity use in 2005 and 2025: totals (left) and shares (right).
Fig. 10.3 Household electricity use in 2005 and 2025: totals (left) and shares (right).
Example 20
Family A spends ₹8,425 in a week, of which ₹1,700 is on food. What share of its budget goes to food?
Solution. Share = 1700/8425.
≈ 0.2018.
≈ 20.2%.
Example 21
A house used 360 kWh for lighting out of 1000 kWh in 2005 and 220 kWh out of 2000 kWh in 2025. Compare the shares.
Solution. 2005: 360/1000 × 100 = 36%.
2025: 220/2000 × 100 = 11%.
The amount fell from 360 to 220 kWh.
The share fell much more, from 36% to 11%, because total use doubled.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data 10.9 What Can We Infer from Percentages? Ganita Manjari · Class 9
10.9

What Can We Infer from Percentages?

Key Idea
Within one bar a 100% chart compares parts correctly. Across bars a 100% chart cannot compare absolute amounts, because the totals are not shown.
Fig. 10.4 Both cases give the same 100% chart (left): Fatima’s summer blooms are more in Case 1 and fewer in Case 2.
Fig. 10.4 Both cases give the same 100% chart (left): Fatima’s summer blooms are more in Case 1 and fewer in Case 2.
Example 22
A 100% chart shows Fatima’s blooms: summer 50%, monsoon 30%, winter 20%; Naveen’s: summer 40%, monsoon 35%, winter 25%. Can we say Fatima had more summer blooms than Naveen?
Solution. Within Fatima’s garden, 50% is more than 30%, so summer beats monsoon.
Across gardens we need the totals, which the chart does not give.
Case 1: Fatima 210 blooms (105 in summer), Naveen 120 blooms (48 in summer).
Fatima has more.
Case 2: Fatima 180 blooms (90 in summer), Naveen 240 blooms (96 in summer).
Fatima has fewer.
Both cases give the same 100% chart.
So the statement cannot be inferred.
Example 23
A day has 24 hours. Is a chart of how people spend a day a stacked chart or a 100% stacked chart?
Solution. Every bar has the same total: 24 hours.
So the segment lengths show both hours and percentages.
It is both.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 10: Chapter-End Questions

10.1
These come from Exercise Sets 10.1 to 10.3 and the end-of-chapter exercise. Questions that depend on printed charts are left out. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
10.2
The average score in Section A is 72 and in Section B is 76. Section A has 30 students and Section B has 25. Find the combined average.
10.3
A farmer mixes three equal quantities of fertilisers containing 1/10, 9/50 and 3/60 nitrogen. Find the fraction of nitrogen in the mixture.
10.4
Find the spice concentration when (i) 100 mL at 5%, 200 mL at 10% and 300 mL at 15% are combined; (ii) 300 mL at 5%, 200 mL at 10% and 100 mL at 15% are mixed.
10.5
A shop earns ₹8000 from books at 30% profit and ₹1000 from covers at 50% profit. Find the profit percentage on total sales.
10.6
A stork flies an average of 44.5 km per day for 20 days and 55 km on the 21st day. Guess, then find the 21-day average.
10.7
A team scores 6 in the first over (run rate 6). (i) It scores 12 in the second over: find the run rate. (ii) After 19 overs the run rate is 6; the 20th over gives 12: find the run rate after 20 overs.
10.8
Shreyas has 25 shares at an average price of ₹150. (i) He buys 10 more at ₹30 each: find his new average. (ii) Vaishnavi has 5 shares at ₹150, buys some at ₹30 each, and her new average is ₹70. How many did she buy?
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
10.9
A goldsmith melts 9 units at 12 varṇa, 5 units at 10 varṇa and 17 units at 11 varṇa. Find the purity of the combined gold in varṇa.
10.10
Savitri scored 35 out of 50, 44 out of 60 and 80 out of 100, combined in the ratio 3 : 4 : 5. Which expressions give her annual percentage? (i) (35×3 + 44×4 + 80×5)/12 (ii) [(35/100)×3 + (44/100)×4 + (80/100)×5]/12 (iii) [(35/50)×3 + (44/60)×4 + (80/100)×5]/12 × 100 (iv) [(35/50×100)×3 + (44/60×100)×4 + (80/100×100)×5]/12
10.11
A 600 mL solution with 5% salt is mixed with a 300 mL solution with 8% sugar. Find the concentrations of salt and sugar in the mixture.
10.12
The pani at a golgappa stall has 8% spice. How much water should be added to 10 litres so that the spice level falls to three-fourths of the original?
10.13
Marks are combined in the ratio strength : flexibility : agility = 4 : 5 : 6. Rashi scored 60, 65, 70 and Keerthi scored 55, 65, 75. (i) Whose total is more, without calculating? (ii) Find both final marks.
10.14
Ratings from 10 customers (1 to 5 stars): Food: 5 people gave 5, 3 gave 4, 2 gave 3. Ambience: 4 gave 4, 5 gave 3, 1 gave 2. Service: 1 gave 5, 2 gave 4, 2 gave 3, 4 gave 2, 1 gave 1. Weights food : ambience : service = 6 : 5 : 4. Find the combined rating.
10.15
Five friends collected shuttlecock prices: Yusuf 6 prices (average ay), Srikanth 4 (as), Kashvi 5 (ak), Prasanna 4 (ap), Gracy 4 (ag). Write an expression for the combined average. Also, if there are 13 nylon (average an) and 10 feather shuttlecock prices (average af), write the combined average. Are they equal?
10.16
A pool 30 hastas long is dug in sections of lengths 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 hastas to depths 9, 7, 7, 3, 2 hastas. Find its mean depth.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
C. Challenge
10.17
A table gives langurs: males average 16.5 kg (number x), females 13.8 kg (number y), all 60 langurs average 14.925 kg. (i) Are there more males or females, without calculating? (ii) How many males? (iii) A 15.2 kg female is admitted: new female average? (iv) Two males of 16.9 and 16.1 kg leave: new male average? (v) One male loses 1 kg: new male average?
10.18
Salinity: Dead Sea 34%, ground water 0.01%, purified water 0.001%. (i) 1 L Dead Sea water is mixed with 2 L purified water: find the salinity. (ii) Can Dead Sea and purified water be mixed to get ground-water salinity? How much purified water goes with 1 L? (iii) Can Dead Sea and ground water be mixed to get purified-water salinity?
10.19
Suvarna holds 1 g of gold bought at ₹15k. Find her average price per gram after each purchase: (i) 1 g at ₹30k (ii) 2 g at ₹30k (iii) 1 g at ₹10k (iv) 10 g at ₹10k (v) 0.5 g at ₹30k (vi) 0.5 g at ₹15k.
10.20
Given data with weights, what happens to the weighted average if all weights are doubled? Justify with algebra.
10.21
What happens to the weighted average if every weight is increased by 1? Justify with algebra.
10.22
A farm’s animals were cows 60%, sheep 25%, chickens 15% by number last year, and all three populations fell. Which are possible? (i) all three shares fell (ii) all three rose (iii) all three unchanged (iv) cows fell, sheep rose, chickens unchanged (v) cows rose, sheep rose, chickens fell.
10.23
A triathlon has swimming, cycling and running. Finish times in minutes: Athlete 1: 68, 300, 195 (total 563); Athlete 2: 65, 310, 215 (total 590); Athlete 3: 82, 355, 230 (total 667). (i) Is a stacked or a 100% stacked bar chart more suitable? (ii) Which of these can a 100% chart answer: (a) who finished first, (b) the fraction of Athlete 1’s time spent cycling, (c) who took longest to run?
10.24
Each student in a class gives the number of members in their family and the family’s average age. How can the average age of all the people in all the families be found?
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Stepwise Solutions (Q 10.1 – Q 10.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 10: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 10.1
Total score of A = 30 × 72 = 2160.
Total score of B = 25 × 76 = 1900.
Combined total = 4060.
Number of students = 55.
Combined average = 4060/55.
= 812/11.
≈ 73.82.
Question 10.2
3/60 = 1/20.
The quantities are equal, so take the ordinary mean.
Common denominator 100: 10/100, 18/100, 5/100.
Sum = 33/100.
Mean = 33/100 ÷ 3.
= 11/100.
Question 10.3
(i)Spice = 5 + 20 + 45 = 70 mL.
Volume = 600 mL.
Concentration = 70/600 ≈ 11.67%.
(ii)Spice = 15 + 20 + 15 = 50 mL.
Volume = 600 mL.
Concentration = 50/600 ≈ 8.33%.
The largest volume is at 15% in (i) and at 5% in (ii), which explains the difference.
Question 10.4
Profit on books = 0.30 × 8000 = 2400.
Profit on covers = 0.50 × 1000 = 500.
Total profit = 2900.
Total sales = 9000.
Profit percentage = 2900/9000 × 100.
≈ 32.22%.
Question 10.5
55 is above 44.5, so the mean should rise a little.
Total for 20 days = 20 × 44.5 = 890 km.
Total for 21 days = 890 + 55 = 945 km.
New mean = 945/21.
= 45 km.
Question 10.6
(i)Runs after 2 overs = 6 + 12 = 18.
Run rate = 18/2 = 9.
(ii)Runs after 19 overs = 19 × 6 = 114.
Runs after 20 overs = 114 + 12 = 126.
Run rate = 126/20 = 6.3.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Stepwise Solutions (Q 10.7 – Q 10.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 10 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 10.7
(i)Old cost = 25 × 150 = 3750.
New cost = 10 × 30 = 300.
Total cost = 4050 for 35 shares.
New average = 4050/35 ≈ ₹115.71.
(ii)Let she buy x shares.
(750 + 30x)/(5 + x) = 70.
750 + 30x = 350 + 70x.
400 = 40x.
x = 10.
Question 10.8
Total weight = 9 + 5 + 17 = 31.
Σwx = 9 × 12 + 5 × 10 + 17 × 11.
= 108 + 50 + 187.
= 345.
Purity = 345/31.
≈ 11.13 varṇa.
Question 10.9
Marks have different totals, so convert them to percentages first.
(i)Averages raw marks: wrong.
(ii)Divides 35 and 44 by 100 instead of 50 and 60: wrong.
(iii)Uses the correct fractions, weights them and multiplies by 100: correct.
(iv)Converts to percentages first, then weights: correct.
Value: (70 × 3 + 73.33 × 4 + 80 × 5)/12.
= 903.33/12.
≈ 75.28%.
Question 10.10
Total volume = 900 mL.
Salt = 0.05 × 600 = 30 mL.
Salt concentration = 30/900 ≈ 3.33%.
Sugar = 0.08 × 300 = 24 mL.
Sugar concentration = 24/900 ≈ 2.67%.
Question 10.11
Target = 3/4 × 8% = 6%.
Spice = 0.08 × 10 = 0.8 L.
0.8/(10 + w) = 0.06.
10 + w = 40/3.
w = 40/3 − 10.
= 10/3.
≈ 3.33 litres.
Question 10.12
(i)Flexibility marks are equal.
Rashi leads by 5 in strength (weight 4): +20.
Keerthi leads by 5 in agility (weight 6): +30.
Keerthi’s lead is larger, so her total is more.
(ii)Total weight = 15.
Rashi: (240 + 325 + 420)/15 = 985/15 ≈ 65.67.
Keerthi: (220 + 325 + 450)/15 = 995/15 ≈ 66.33.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Stepwise Solutions (Q 10.13 – Q 10.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 10 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 10.13
Food: (25 + 12 + 6)/10 = 4.3.
Ambience: (16 + 15 + 2)/10 = 3.3.
Service: (5 + 8 + 6 + 8 + 1)/10 = 2.8.
Combined = (4.3 × 6 + 3.3 × 5 + 2.8 × 4)/15.
= (25.8 + 16.5 + 11.2)/15.
= 53.5/15.
≈ 3.57.
Question 10.14
Total prices = 6 + 4 + 5 + 4 + 4 = 23.
Sum = 6ay + 4as + 5ak + 4ap + 4ag.
Combined average = (6ay + 4as + 5ak + 4ap + 4ag)/23.
By type: sum = 13an + 10af.
Combined average = (13an + 10af)/23.
Both expressions equal the total of all 23 prices divided by 23.
So they are equal.
Question 10.15
Lengths are the weights
total = 30.
Σwx = 4×9 + 5×7 + 6×7 + 7×3 + 8×2.
= 36 + 35 + 42 + 21 + 16.
= 150.
Mean depth = 150/30.
= 5 hastas.
Question 10.16
(i)The midpoint of 16.5 and 13.8 is 15.15.
14.925 is closer to 13.8, so there are more females.
(ii)x + y = 60.
16.5x + 13.8(60 − x) = 14.925 × 60.
2.7x + 828 = 895.5.
x = 25 males and y = 35 females.
(iii)Female total = 35 × 13.8 = 483.
New total = 498.2 for 36.
New average = 13.84 kg.
(iv)Male total = 25 × 16.5 = 412.5.
Removed = 16.9 + 16.1 = 33.
New average = 379.5/23 = 16.5 kg.
(v)New male total = 411.5.
New average = 411.5/25 = 16.46 kg.
Question 10.17
(i)Salt = 0.34 + 0.00002 L.
Total volume = 3 L.
Salinity ≈ 0.34002/3 ≈ 11.33%.
(ii)0.01% lies between 0.001% and 34%, so it is possible.
Let x litres of purified water be added.
(34 + 0.001x)/(1 + x) = 0.01.
34 + 0.001x = 0.01 + 0.01x.
33.99 = 0.009x.
x ≈ 3776.67 litres.
(iii)A mixture lies between its sources.
Both 34% and 0.01% are above 0.001%.
So it is not possible.
Question 10.18
(i)(15 + 30)/2 = 22.5k.
(ii)(15 + 60)/3 = 25k.
(iii)(15 + 10)/2 = 12.5k.
(iv)(15 + 100)/11 ≈ 10.45k.
(v)(15 + 15)/1.5 = 20k.
(vi)(15 + 7.5)/1.5 = 15k.
The quantity bought is the weight
buying at the current average changes nothing.
Chapter 10: Understanding Data Stepwise Solutions (Q 10.19 – Q 10.23) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 10 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 23
Question 10.19
Original mean = Σwixi/Σwi.
New weights are 2wi.
New mean = Σ(2wi xi)/Σ(2wi).
= 2Σwixi/2Σwi.
= Σwixi/Σwi.
The mean is unchanged: the factor 2 cancels.
Question 10.20
Let the ordinary mean be mord and the weighted mean mw.
New numerator = Σ(wi + 1)xi = Σwixi + Σxi.
New denominator = Σwi + n.
New mean = (Σwi xi + Σxi)/(Σwi + n).
This is the combined mean of the weighted mean (weight Σwi) and the ordinary mean (weight n).
So the new mean lies between the old weighted mean and the ordinary mean.
It stays the same only if they are equal, for example when all weights were already equal.
Question 10.21
Shares always add up to 100%.
(i)All three falling would give less than 100%: impossible.
(ii)All three rising would give more than 100%: impossible.
(iii)Possible if all populations fall by the same percentage.
(iv)Possible: cows fall fastest, chickens fall at the farm’s average rate, sheep fall slowly.
(v)Possible: chickens fall sharply, cows and sheep fall slightly.
Possible: (iii), (iv), (v).
Question 10.22
(i)The total time decides the winner, so use an ordinary stacked bar chart.
(ii)(a) A 100% chart makes all bars equal: cannot answer.
(b)Cycling share = 300/563 ≈ 53.3%: can answer.
(c)The chart shows shares only.
Athlete 1: 195/563 ≈ 34.6%
Athlete 3: 230/667 ≈ 34.5%.
Athlete 3 ran 35 minutes longer, but the shares do not show this: cannot answer.
Only (b) can be answered.
Question 10.23
Averaging the family averages ignores family size.
For student i: members ni, average age ai.
Total age of that family = ni × ai.
Total age of everyone = Σ(ni × ai).
Total number of people = Σni.
Average age = Σ(ni ai)/Σni.
This is a weighted mean with family sizes as weights.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 11
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

The World of Algorithms

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Algorithm A precise, finite, correct step-by-step procedure. Its efficiency is judged by how the work grows with the size of the input.
Column addition Align the digits from the right, add column by column with a carry. Effort grows with the number of digits , not the value.
Carry In base 10 the carry is never more than 1, since 9 + 9 + 1 = 19 < 20 .
Divisors by scanning Test every j from 1 to n : exactly n checks.
Divisor pairs If d | n then n / d | n . Testing j ≤ ⌊√ n ⌋ finds all divisors.
GCD, first algorithm Common divisors of m and n ; report the largest.
Refinements Scan once; stop at m i n ( m , n ) ; keep only the latest common divisor; scan backwards and stop at the first common divisor.
Euclid (c. 300 BCE) g c d ( m , n ) = g c d ( n , m − n ) for m ≥ n .
Āryabhaṭa (499 CE) g c d ( m , n ) = g c d ( n , m m o d n ) . Steps grow with the number of digits.
LCM l c m ( m , n ) = ( m × n )/ g c d ( m , n ) .
Prime factorisation Prime exponents: gcd takes the minimum, lcm the maximum.
Word “algorithm” From al-Khwārizmī (c. 820 CE), who wrote on Indian place-value arithmetic.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.1 What Is an Algorithm? Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.1

What Is an Algorithm?

Key Idea
An algorithm is a precise, step-by-step procedure that arrives at an answer. A good algorithm is precise (anyone can follow it the same way), finite (it always stops), correct (it can be justified) and efficient .
Fig. 11.1 Column addition of 473 + 695 in three stages, written from the right.
Fig. 11.1 Column addition of 473 + 695 in three stages, written from the right.

To add 5 and 7 by counting dots we draw 5 dots, 7 more, and count 12. For 473 + 695 this would be hopeless.

The Indian base-ten place-value system lets us add column by column from the right with a carry.

If counting a dot takes 1 second and adding one column with carry takes 15 seconds, then adding 3,347 + 2,729 takes about 6,076 seconds by counting but only 4 × 15 = 60 seconds by columns: about 100 times faster.

Going from a 3-digit to a 4-digit number multiplies the dots by 10 but adds only one column: the effort grows with the number of digits.

Example 1
Compare the time to add 334 + 272 by counting dots (1 second per dot) and by the column algorithm (15 seconds per column).
Solution. Sum = 334 + 272 = 606.
Counting dots: 606 seconds, about 10 minutes.
Column algorithm: 3 columns.
3 × 15 = 45 seconds.
Ratio = 606/45.
≈ 13.
The column algorithm is about 13 times faster.
Example 2
Add 473 and 695 stage by stage.
Solution. Units: 3 + 5 = 8, so write 8, carry 0.
Tens: 7 + 9 = 16, so write 6, carry 1.
Hundreds: 4 + 6 + 1 = 11, so write 11.
The sum is 1168.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.2 The Column Addition Algorithm and Why It Works Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.2

The Column Addition Algorithm and Why It Works

Key Idea
Algorithm to add two numbers. Step 1. Write the numbers one below the other, digits aligned from the right. Step 2. Add the rightmost digits. If the sum is less than 10 write it and set carry = 0; otherwise write the units digit and set carry = 1. Step 3. Move one column left. Add the two digits and the carry; handle the result as in Step 2. Step 4. Repeat Step 3 until no digits remain. Step 5. If carry = 1, write 1 to the left of the bottom row.

Why it works (place value). A = ak10k + … + a110 + a0. When a0 + b0 ≥ 10 we write a0 + b0 = 10c1 + s0 and move the ten to the next place, so each group of ten at 10i becomes a one at 10i+1.

The carry is at most 1. Each digit is at most 9 and the incoming carry at most 1, so the column sum is at most 9 + 9 + 1 = 19 < 20.

Missing digits count as 0, so numbers of different lengths can be added.

Decimals: align the numbers by the decimal point and pad with zeros.

Example 3
Add 8764 and 2359 using the algorithm.
Solution. Units: 4 + 9 = 13.
Write 3, carry 1.
Tens: 6 + 5 + 1 = 12.
Write 2, carry 1.
Hundreds: 7 + 3 + 1 = 11.
Write 1, carry 1.
Thousands: 8 + 2 + 1 = 11.
Write 1, carry 1.
No digits remain and carry = 1, so write 1 on the left (Step 5).
The sum is 11123.
Example 4
Show that Step 5 is needed to add 999 and 1.
Solution. Units: 9 + 1 = 10.
Write 0, carry 1.
Tens: 9 + 0 + 1 = 10.
Write 0, carry 1.
Hundreds: 9 + 0 + 1 = 10.
Write 0, carry 1.
Without Step 5 the answer would be 000.
With Step 5 we write the carry 1: 1000.
This is correct.
Example 5
Add 12.35 and 4.8.
Solution. Align the decimal points.
Pad 4.8 as 4.80.
Hundredths: 5 + 0 = 5.
Tenths: 3 + 8 = 11.
Write 1, carry 1.
Units: 2 + 4 + 1 = 7.
Tens: 1 + 0 = 1.
The sum is 17.15.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.3 Computing the Divisors of a Number; Data Structures Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.3

Computing the Divisors of a Number; Data Structures

Key Idea
Algorithm divisors( n ). Step 1. Start with an empty list list-of-divisors. Step 2. For each j = 1, 2, 3, …, n : if j divides n , add j to the list. Step 3. Output the list.

Running through the steps one by one is called executing the algorithm.

The algorithm needs exactly n checks: if n becomes 10 times larger, the work becomes 10 times larger.

Naming intermediate quantities (like list-of-divisors and j) and keeping ordered collections is the start of data structures.

Example 6
Execute divisors(12).
Solution. Start with list = [].
j = 1 divides 12: list = [1].
j = 2 divides 12: list = [1, 2].
j = 3 divides 12: list = [1, 2, 3].
j = 4 divides 12: list = [1, 2, 3, 4].
j = 5 does not divide 12: list unchanged.
j = 6 divides 12: list = [1, 2, 3, 4, 6].
j = 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 do not divide 12.
j = 12 divides 12: list = [1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12].
Output: [1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12] after 12 checks.
Example 7
Write divisors(30) and say how many checks the algorithm makes.
Solution. Test j = 1 to 30.
Divisors of 30: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30.
So divisors(30) = [1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30].
Number of checks = 30.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.4 Greatest Common Divisor: the First Algorithm Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.4

Greatest Common Divisor: the First Algorithm

Key Idea
The greatest common divisor gcd ( m , n ) is the largest number that divides both m and n . First algorithm. (1) List divisors of m . (2) List divisors of n . (3) Start with an empty list common-divisors. (4) For each x in divisors of m : if x is in divisors of n , add x . (5) Report the rightmost element of common-divisors.

For 54,000 and 81,000 this means 54000 + 81000 = 135000 divisibility checks and thousands of comparisons, though each has 80 divisors: we need much smarter algorithms.

The answer is the rightmost element only because the list is in increasing order.

Example 8
Use the first algorithm to find gcd(18, 24).
Solution. divisors(18) = [1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18].
divisors(24) = [1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24].
Common divisors = [1, 2, 3, 6].
The rightmost element is 6.
So gcd(18, 24) = 6.
Example 9
Use the first algorithm to find gcd(7, 15).
Solution. divisors(7) = [1, 7].
divisors(15) = [1, 3, 5, 15].
Common divisors = [1].
gcd(7, 15) = 1.
Numbers with gcd 1 are called coprime.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.5 Three Refinements of the GCD Algorithm Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.5

Three Refinements of the GCD Algorithm

Key Idea
Refinement 1. Scan j = 1 to max ( m , n ) once, collecting divisors of both: max ( m , n ) checks instead of m + n . Refinement 2. A common divisor cannot exceed min ( m , n ) : scan only k = 1 to min ( m , n ) . Refinement 3. Keep a single variable most-recent-common-divisor (start at 1) and update it whenever k divides both. No lists are needed.

Even Refinement 3 scans up to min(m, n), so the work grows with the value of the smaller number.

Backward scan: start k at min(m, n) and go down; the first k that divides both is the gcd, so we can stop at once.

Example 10
Trace Refinement 3 for gcd(8, 12).
Solution. min(8, 12) = 8.
Set most-recent = 1.
k = 2 divides 8 and 12: most-recent = 2.
k = 3 does not divide 8: unchanged.
k = 4 divides 8 and 12: most-recent = 4.
k = 5, 6, 7 do not divide 8: unchanged.
k = 8 does not divide 12: unchanged.
The scan ends.
gcd(8, 12) = 4.
Example 11
Use the backward scan to find gcd(50, 100).
Solution. Start at k = min(50, 100) = 50.
Does 50 divide 50? Yes.
Does 50 divide 100? Yes.
The first common divisor from the top is the gcd.
Stop: gcd(50, 100) = 50 in 1 step.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.6 Euclid’s Subtraction Algorithm Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.6

Euclid’s Subtraction Algorithm

Key Idea
Euclid’s principle (c. 300 BCE). For m ≥ n : gcd ( m , n ) = gcd ( n , m − n ) . Algorithm. (1) If m < n , reverse them. (2) If n = 0 , report m . (3) Otherwise compute gcd ( n , m − n ) .
Fig. 11.2 If a tile of length d fits m and n exactly, it also fits m − n.
Fig. 11.2 If a tile of length d fits m and n exactly, it also fits m − n.

Each step replaces the pair by smaller numbers, so the process stops.

Flaw: gcd(99, 2) takes 49 subtractions; in general gcd(2k + 1, 2) takes k. The number of steps grows with the value, not the number of digits.

Example 12
Prove Euclid’s principle: common divisors of m and n are the common divisors of n and m − n.
Solution. Let d divide both m and n.
Then m = ad and n = bd.
m − n = ad − bd
= (a − b)d.
So d divides m − n.
Conversely let d divide n and m − n.
Then n = xd and m − n = yd.
m = n + (m − n)
= (x + y)d.
So d divides m.
The two pairs have the same common divisors, so the same gcd.
Example 13
Run Euclid’s subtraction algorithm on gcd(48, 18).
Solution. gcd(48, 18) = gcd(18, 30) since 48 − 18 = 30.
18 < 30: reverse to gcd(30, 18).
gcd(30, 18) = gcd(18, 12) since 30 − 18 = 12.
gcd(18, 12) = gcd(12, 6) since 18 − 12 = 6.
gcd(12, 6) = gcd(6, 6) since 12 − 6 = 6.
gcd(6, 6) = gcd(6, 0) since 6 − 6 = 0.
n = 0, so the answer is 6.
Example 14
How many subtractions does Euclid’s algorithm need for gcd(101, 2)?
Solution. 101 = 2 × 50 + 1, so k = 50.
Subtract 2 repeatedly: 101, 99, 97, …, 3, 1.
From 101 to 1 there are 50 subtractions.
Then gcd(2, 1), gcd(1, 1), gcd(1, 0) = 1.
The work is about 50 steps for a two-digit number.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.7 Āryabhaṭa’s Division Algorithm Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.7

Āryabhaṭa’s Division Algorithm

Key Idea
Repeated subtraction of n from m stops with the remainder m m o d n , so we can replace many subtractions by one division. gcd ( m , n ) = gcd ( n , m m o d n ) . Algorithm. (1) If m < n , reverse. (2) If n = 0 , report m . (3) Otherwise compute gcd ( n , m m o d n ) .
Fig. 11.3 Āryabhaṭa’s “long division” ladders for gcd(825, 375) and gcd(60, 16).
Fig. 11.3 Āryabhaṭa’s “long division” ladders for gcd(825, 375) and gcd(60, 16).

gcd(99, 2): 99 mod 2 = 1, then gcd(2, 1), then 2 mod 1 = 0: gcd(1, 0) = 1, only 2 reductions instead of 49.

The number of reductions grows with the number of digits, so very large numbers are handled quickly.

Described in the Āryabhaṭīya (499 CE) using Indian place-value numerals.

Example 15
Find gcd(48, 18) by Āryabhaṭa’s division algorithm.
Solution. 48 mod 18 = 12.
gcd(48, 18) = gcd(18, 12).
18 mod 12 = 6.
gcd(18, 12) = gcd(12, 6).
12 mod 6 = 0.
gcd(12, 6) = gcd(6, 0).
n = 0, so gcd = 6 after 3 reductions.
Example 16
Find gcd(252, 105).
Solution. 252 = 105 × 2 + 42.
gcd(252, 105) = gcd(105, 42).
105 = 42 × 2 + 21.
gcd(105, 42) = gcd(42, 21).
42 = 21 × 2 + 0.
gcd(42, 21) = gcd(21, 0).
gcd = 21.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms 11.8 A Pinch of History: Where “Algorithm” Comes From Ganita Manjari · Class 9
11.8

A Pinch of History: Where “Algorithm” Comes From

Muhammad ibn Mūsā al-Khwārizmī (780–850 CE) worked at the House of Wisdom in Baghdad and admired Indian mathematics.

Around 820 CE he wrote a treatise on the Indian place-value system and the four operations. The Arabic original is lost; its 12th-century Latin translation, Liber Algorismi de numero Indorum, spread Indian arithmetic across Europe.

The Latin form of his name, Algoritmi, gave the word algorismus for Indian methods of calculation, which became algorism and then algorithm.

Today “algorithm” means any well-defined, step-by-step procedure for a class of problems.

11.9

Divisor Pairs, Primes and Prime Factorisation

Key Idea
Divisors come in pairs : if d | n then n / d | n and d × ( n / d ) = n . In every pair one divisor is ≤ √ n . So testing j = 1 to ⌊√ n ⌋ finds all divisors. A prime has exactly two divisors. For gcd and lcm use the prime exponents: minimum for gcd, maximum for lcm.
Fig. 11.4 Divisor pairs of 18: each pair has one member at most √18 ≈ 4.24.
Fig. 11.4 Divisor pairs of 18: each pair has one member at most √18 ≈ 4.24.

Proof. If d and d′ with dd′ = n were both greater than √n, then dd′ > √n × √n = n, a contradiction.

The list of divisors found in pairs is not in increasing order, so sort it (or keep a running maximum) when computing a gcd from it.

Prime test: n > 1 is prime exactly when it has no divisor from 2 to ⌊√n⌋.

lcm and gcd: lcm(m, n) × gcd(m, n) = m × n.

Example 17
Find all divisors of 36 by testing numbers only up to ⌊√36⌋.
Solution. ⌊√36⌋ = 6.
1 | 36: pair (1, 36).
2 | 36: pair (2, 18).
3 | 36: pair (3, 12).
4 | 36: pair (4, 9).
5 does not divide 36.
6 | 36: pair (6, 6), a single divisor.
Divisors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
There are 9 divisors, found in 6 checks.
Example 18
Is 97 prime?
Solution. √97 is about 9.8, so ⌊√97⌋ = 9.
Test j = 2 to 9.
97 is odd, so 2 does not divide it.
9 + 7 = 16, not a multiple of 3, so 3 does not divide it.
97 does not end in 0 or 5.
7 × 13 = 91 and 7 × 14 = 98, so 7 does not divide it.
Numbers 4, 6, 8, 9 cannot divide 97 because 2 and 3 do not.
No number from 2 to 9 divides 97.
So 97 is prime.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Chapter Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 19
Use prime factorisations to find gcd and lcm of 360 and 84.
Solution. 360 = 23 × 32 × 5.
84 = 22 × 3 × 7.
Write both with all primes 2, 3, 5, 7.
360 = 23 × 32 × 51 × 70.
84 = 22 × 31 × 50 × 71.
gcd takes the minimum exponents: 22 × 31 × 50 × 70.
= 12.
lcm takes the maximum exponents: 23 × 32 × 51 × 71.
= 8 × 9 × 5 × 7.
= 2520.
Check: 12 × 2520 = 30240 = 360 × 84.
Example 20
Find lcm(18, 24) using the gcd.
Solution. gcd(18, 24) = 6.
lcm = (18/6) × 24.
= 3 × 24.
= 72.
Dividing first keeps the numbers small.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 11: Chapter-End Questions

11.1
These are the questions of Exercise Sets 11.1 to 11.3 and the end-of-chapter exercise. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
11.2
Add two 4-digit numbers using the five steps of the algorithm, following them precisely. Do you get the correct result? (Try 6583 and 3947.)
11.3
What happens if you add a 5-digit number to a 3-digit number? Do the steps handle this correctly? (Try 42718 + 563.)
11.4
Why is it important to align the columns from the right?
11.5
In Step 3, why can the carry never be more than 1?
11.6
What happens if we do not include Step 5? Give examples where the algorithm still works and where it fails.
11.7
How would the divisors algorithm change if we examined j from n down to 1?
11.8
What happens in the last gcd algorithm if we examine common divisors from min(m, n) down to 1?
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Chapter-End Questions (Standard & Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
11.9
List 1 and List 2 are in increasing order. Describe algorithms to find the elements in List 1 that are not in List 2, and the elements in List 2 not in List 1.
11.10
Describe an algorithm to compute the lcm of two numbers.
11.11
Divisors occur in pairs. (i) If we write the divisors in pairs, how many numbers between 1 and n must we examine? (ii) Will our gcd algorithm still work?
11.12
Compute using the improved Euclid (Āryabhaṭa) algorithm: (i) gcd(375, 825) (ii) gcd(51000, 81000) (iii) gcd(1789287, 237656) (iv) gcd(2587392, 157656).
11.13
Assume m ≥ n. Verify that d divides m and n if and only if d divides n and m mod n.
C. Challenge
11.14
Write an algorithm prime(n) that checks whether n is prime. (Hint: use divisors(n).)
11.15
Write an algorithm primedivisors(n) that computes the list of prime divisors of n. (Hint: compute divisors(n) and filter the primes.)
11.16
Write an algorithm to compute the prime factorisation of a number. (i) How would you represent 180 = 22 × 32 × 51? (ii) How would you compare the factorisations of two numbers?
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Stepwise Solutions (Q 11.1 – Q 11.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 11: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 11.1
Step 1: write 6583 above 3947, aligned from the right.
Step 2 (units): 3 + 7 = 10.
Write 0, carry 1.
Step 3 (tens): 8 + 4 + 1 = 13.
Write 3, carry 1.
Step 3 (hundreds): 5 + 9 + 1 = 15.
Write 5, carry 1.
Step 3 (thousands): 6 + 3 + 1 = 10.
Write 0, carry 1.
Step 4: no more digits.
Step 5: carry is 1, so write 1 on the left.
The result is 10530.
Check: 6583 + 3947 = 10530.
The algorithm works.
Question 11.2
Align from the right.
Units: 8 + 3 = 11.
Write 1, carry 1.
Tens: 1 + 6 + 1 = 8.
Write 8, carry 0.
Hundreds: 7 + 5 = 12.
Write 2, carry 1.
Thousands: 2 + 0 + 1 = 3 (the 3-digit number has no digit here, which counts as 0).
Ten-thousands: 4 + 0 = 4.
The sum is 43281.
Yes, provided a missing leading digit is taken as 0.
Question 11.3
The position of a digit decides its value: units, tens, hundreds, …
Aligning from the right puts equal place values in the same column.
If 523 and 41 were aligned from the left, the 4 (which means 40) would be added to the 5 (which means 500).
That treats 40 as 400 and gives a wrong sum.
So only quantities of the same place value may be added.
Question 11.4
Each digit is at most 9.
In the units column the sum is at most 9 + 9 = 18, so the carry is at most 1.
In any later column the incoming carry is at most 1.
The column sum is at most 9 + 9 + 1 = 19.
19 = 1 × 10 + 9, so the new carry is at most 1.
Since 19 < 20, the carry can never be 2 or more.
Question 11.5
Step 5 matters only when the leftmost column produces a carry.
Works without Step 5: 1234 + 2345.
Leftmost column: 1 + 2 = 3, carry 0.
The answer 3579 is correct.
Fails without Step 5: 473 + 695.
Leftmost column: 4 + 6 + 1 = 11, write 1, carry 1.
Without Step 5 the leading 1 is lost: 168 instead of 1168.
Also 9999 + 1 would give 0000 instead of 10000.
Question 11.6
Step 2 becomes: for each j = n, n − 1, …, 1.
Each j that divides n is added to the list.
The output comes in decreasing order, for example [18, 9, 6, 3, 2, 1].
The number of checks is still n.
So the work is unchanged.
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Stepwise Solutions (Q 11.7 – Q 11.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 11 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 11.7
Start with k = min(m, n) and decrease k by 1 each time.
The first k that divides both m and n is the largest common divisor.
So we stop at once and report k.
Example: gcd(50, 100) stops at the first check, k = 50.
The forward scan would have done 50 checks.
This early exit can be much faster.
Question 11.8
Use two pointers i (List 1) and j (List 2), both starting at 1, and an empty list result.
Step 1: while both lists have elements left, compare List 1[i] and List 2[j].
Step 2: if List 1[i] < List 2[j], add List 1[i] to result and increase i.
Step 3: if they are equal, increase both i and j.
Step 4: if List 1[i] > List 2[j], increase j.
Step 5: when List 2 ends, add the remaining elements of List 1 to result.
For List 2 minus List 1, swap the roles of the lists.
Each element is looked at once: at most N1 + N2 steps.
Question 11.9
Use the relation lcm(m, n) × gcd(m, n) = m × n.
Step 1: compute g = gcd(m, n) by Āryabhaṭa’s algorithm.
Step 2: compute q = m/g.
Step 3: output q × n.
Example: gcd(6, 8) = 2, q = 3, lcm = 3 × 8 = 24.
Another method: start with max(m, n) and keep adding it until the number is divisible by min(m, n).
Question 11.10
(i)If d | n then n/d | n.
In every pair one member is at most √n.
So we only examine j = 1 to ⌊√n⌋: that is ⌊√n⌋ numbers.
For n = 10000 that is 100 checks instead of 10000.
(ii)The gcd algorithm reports the rightmost common divisor.
Pairs are produced as [1, n, 2, n/2, …], which is not increasing.
So the list must be sorted first, or a running maximum kept.
Then the algorithm works.
Question 11.11
(i)825 = 375 × 2 + 75.
375 = 75 × 5 + 0.
gcd = 75.
(ii)81000 = 51000 × 1 + 30000.
51000 = 30000 × 1 + 21000.
30000 = 21000 × 1 + 9000.
21000 = 9000 × 2 + 3000.
9000 = 3000 × 3 + 0.
gcd = 3000.
(iii)1789287 = 237656 × 7 + 125695.
237656 = 125695 × 1 + 111961.
125695 = 111961 × 1 + 13734.
111961 = 13734 × 8 + 2089.
13734 = 2089 × 6 + 1200.
2089 = 1200 × 1 + 889.
1200 = 889 × 1 + 311.
889 = 311 × 2 + 267.
311 = 267 × 1 + 44.
267 = 44 × 6 + 3.
44 = 3 × 14 + 2.
3 = 2 × 1 + 1.
2 = 1 × 2 + 0.
gcd = 1 (the numbers are coprime).
(iv)2587392 = 157656 × 16 + 64896.
157656 = 64896 × 2 + 27864.
64896 = 27864 × 2 + 9168.
27864 = 9168 × 3 + 360.
9168 = 360 × 25 + 168.
360 = 168 × 2 + 24.
168 = 24 × 7 + 0.
gcd = 24.
Question 11.12
Divide: m = qn + r with r = m mod n, so r = m − qn.
(⇒) Let d divide m and n.
m = ad and n = bd.
r = ad − q(bd)
= (a − qb)d.
So d divides r as well as n.
(⇐) Let d divide n and r.
n = bd and r = cd.
m = qn + r
= (qb + c)d.
So d divides m as well as n.
The pairs {m, n} and {n, r} therefore have the same common divisors.
Hence gcd(m, n) = gcd(n, m mod n).
Chapter 11: The World of Algorithms Stepwise Solutions (Q 11.13 – Q 11.15) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 11 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 15
Question 11.13
Method 1, using divisors.
Step 1: if n ≤ 1, report False.
Step 2: compute L = divisors(n).
Step 3: if L has exactly 2 elements (1 and n), report True.
Step 4: otherwise report False.
Method 2, faster (trial division).
Step 1: if n ≤ 1 report False
if n = 2 report True.
Step 2: if n mod 2 = 0 report False.
Step 3: for each odd j from 3 to ⌊√n⌋: if j divides n, report False.
Step 4: report True.
Question 11.14
Step 1: start with an empty list prime-divisors.
Step 2: compute all-divisors = divisors(n).
Step 3: for each d in all-divisors: if prime(d) is True, add d to prime-divisors.
Step 4: output prime-divisors.
Example: divisors(180) = [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 30, 36, 45, 60, 90, 180].
The primes among them are 2, 3, 5.
primedivisors(180) = [2, 3, 5].
Question 11.15
Algorithm.
Step 1: set temp = n, d = 2, and an empty dictionary factors.
Step 2: while d × d ≤ temp: count = 0.
Step 3: while d divides temp, divide temp by d and add 1 to count.
Step 4: if count > 0, record factors[d] = count.
Increase d by 1.
Step 5: if temp > 1, record factors[temp] = 1.
Step 6: output factors.
(i)Representations of 180: the dictionary {2: 2, 3: 2, 5: 1}, the list of pairs [(2, 2), (3, 2), (5, 1)], or the list [2, 2, 3, 3, 5].
(ii)List all primes that occur in either number, using exponent 0 where a prime is missing.
gcd takes the minimum exponent of each prime.
lcm takes the maximum exponent of each prime.
Example: 180 = 22 32 5 and 75 = 3 · 52.
gcd = 20 × 31 × 51 = 15.
lcm = 22 × 32 × 52 = 900.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 12
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Quadrilaterals

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Types Convex, non-convex (a reflex angle), self-intersecting (opposite sides cross), non-planar. Angle sum of a plane simple quadrilateral is 360°.
Parallelogram Opposite sides parallel. Then opposite sides and angles are equal, adjacent angles are supplementary and the diagonals bisect each other.
Tests for a parallelogram Both pairs of opposite sides equal; or one pair equal and parallel; or diagonals bisect each other.
Special parallelograms Rectangle: one right angle (equal diagonals). Rhombus: four equal sides (perpendicular diagonals). Square: both.
Midpoint theorem P , Q midpoints of A B , A C : P Q ∥ B C and P Q = ½ B C . Converse: a line through the midpoint of one side parallel to a second side bisects the third.
Centroid Medians meet at G , dividing each in the ratio 2 : 1 from the vertex.
Varignon parallelogram The midpoints of the sides of any quadrilateral form a parallelogram with sides half the diagonals.
Trapezium midline E F ∥ A B ∥ D C and E F = ½( A B + D C ) .
Tiling Copies meet around a point only if the angles add to 360°. Triangles, parallelograms and every quadrilateral tile; regular pentagons do not.
Polygons Angle sum ( n − 2) × 180° . Diagonals n ( n − 3)/2 . Four lengths form a quadrilateral iff the largest is less than the sum of the other three.
Coordinates Midpoint (( x 1 + x 2 )/2, ( y 1 + y 2 )/2) . For a parallelogram A B C D : D = A + C − B .
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.1 Quadrilaterals and Their Types Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.1

Quadrilaterals and Their Types

Key Idea
A quadrilateral (4-gon) is formed by four distinct points A , B , C , D joined in order by A B , B C , C D , D A , with no three consecutive points on a line. A C and B D are its diagonals . The internal angle at a vertex is the angle between the two sides at that vertex that contains the opposite vertex . This works for non-convex quadrilaterals too.
Fig. 12.1 A convex, a non-convex and a self-intersecting quadrilateral.
Fig. 12.1 A convex, a non-convex and a self-intersecting quadrilateral.

Convex: every internal angle is less than 180° and both diagonals lie inside.

Non-convex: one internal angle is greater than 180° (a reflex angle); one diagonal lies outside.

Self-intersecting: two opposite sides cross, so the figure is not a simple polygon.

Non-planar: the four points do not lie in one plane; it is a spatial figure, not a flat polygon.

Opposite sides have no common endpoint; opposite angles have no common side.

Example 1
In a quadrilateral ABCD, ∠A = 95°, ∠B = 80°, ∠C = 110°. Find ∠D.
Solution. The angle sum of a plane simple quadrilateral is 360°.
∠D = 360° − (95° + 80° + 110°).
= 360° − 285°.
= 75°.
Example 2
Can a convex quadrilateral have angles 100°, 100°, 100°, 100°?
Solution. The sum is 4 × 100° = 400°.
A plane simple quadrilateral has angle sum 360°.
400° ≠ 360°.
So no such quadrilateral exists.
Example 3
A quadrilateral has an internal angle of 210°. Name its type.
Solution. An internal angle greater than 180° is a reflex angle.
So the quadrilateral is non-convex.
The other three angles add up to 360° − 210° = 150°.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.2 Parallelograms, Rectangles, Rhombuses and Squares Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.2

Parallelograms, Rectangles, Rhombuses and Squares

Key Idea
A parallelogram has both pairs of opposite sides parallel. Then: opposite sides are equal; opposite angles are equal; adjacent angles are supplementary; the diagonals bisect each other . Rectangle: a parallelogram with one right angle (all angles 90°, equal diagonals). Rhombus: a parallelogram with four equal sides (perpendicular diagonals that bisect the angles). Square: both.
Fig. 12.2 Parallelogram ABCD with diagonals meeting at O, the midpoint of both.
Fig. 12.2 Parallelogram ABCD with diagonals meeting at O, the midpoint of both.
Figure Sides Angles Diagonals
Parallelogram opposite equal opposite equal bisect each other
Rectangle opposite equal all 90° equal, bisect
Rhombus all four equal opposite equal perpendicular, bisect angles
Square all four equal all 90° equal, perpendicular
Key Idea
Three tests for a parallelogram (each alone is enough): Test 1: both pairs of opposite sides are equal. Test 2: one pair of opposite sides is both equal and parallel. Test 3: the diagonals bisect each other.

Use each test exactly as stated: one equal pair, or one parallel pair, alone is not enough.

Converses: a parallelogram with equal diagonals is a rectangle; a parallelogram with perpendicular diagonals is a rhombus.

Example 4
Prove Test 1: if AB = CD and BC = DA in quadrilateral ABCD, then it is a parallelogram.
Solution. Draw diagonal AC.
In Δ ABC and Δ CDA: AB = CD (given).
BC = DA (given).
AC = CA (common).
So Δ ABC ≅ Δ CDA (SSS).
∠BAC = ∠DCA, so AB ∥ CD (alternate angles).
∠BCA = ∠DAC, so BC ∥ AD.
Both pairs of opposite sides are parallel: ABCD is a parallelogram.
Example 5
Prove Test 2: if AB = CD and AB ∥ CD, then ABCD is a parallelogram.
Solution. Draw diagonal AC.
∠BAC = ∠DCA (alternate angles, AB ∥ CD).
AB = CD (given).
AC = CA (common).
So Δ BAC ≅ Δ DCA (SAS).
Hence ∠BCA = ∠DAC.
These are alternate angles, so BC ∥ AD.
Both pairs of opposite sides are parallel: ABCD is a parallelogram.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Chapter Theory Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 6
Prove Test 3: if the diagonals AC and BD meet at O with AO = OC and BO = OD, then ABCD is a parallelogram.
Solution. ∠AOB = ∠COD (vertically opposite).
In Δ AOB and Δ COD: AO = OC and BO = OD (given).
So Δ AOB ≅ Δ COD (SAS).
Hence ∠ABO = ∠CDO, so AB ∥ CD (alternate angles).
In the same way Δ AOD ≅ Δ COB gives AD ∥ BC.
Both pairs of opposite sides are parallel: ABCD is a parallelogram.
Example 7
The diagonals of a quadrilateral meet at O with AO = OC = 4 cm and BO = OD = 3 cm. Classify it.
Solution. The diagonals bisect each other.
By Test 3, the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.
No right angle or equal sides are given.
So we cannot say it is a rectangle or a rhombus.
Example 8
Two adjacent angles of a parallelogram are 3x and 2x. Find all four angles.
Solution. Adjacent angles are supplementary.
3x + 2x = 180°.
x = 36°.
The angles are 108° and 72°.
Opposite angles are equal: 108°, 72°, 108°, 72°.
Example 9
A rhombus has side 13 cm and one diagonal 10 cm. Find the other diagonal and the area.
Solution. The diagonals bisect each other at right angles.
Half of the given diagonal = 5 cm.
Half of the other diagonal = √(132 − 52).
= √(169 − 25).
= √144.
= 12 cm.
The other diagonal = 24 cm.
Area = ½ × 10 × 24 = 120 cm².
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.3 Proofs Using Parallel Lines and Congruent Triangles Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.3

Proofs Using Parallel Lines and Congruent Triangles

Key Idea
Draw a diagonal , find two congruent triangles by SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS, and transfer the equality or parallelism. Write: Given , Construction , Reason (name the theorem) and Conclusion (what was to be shown).

Useful angle facts: alternate angles, corresponding angles and vertically opposite angles between parallel lines.

Never use a converse unless its extra condition has been established.

Example 10
Prove that the opposite sides and angles of a parallelogram are equal, and that its diagonals bisect each other.
Solution. Let ABCD be a parallelogram.
Draw diagonal AC.
∠BAC = ∠DCA (alternate angles, AB ∥ CD).
∠BCA = ∠DAC (alternate angles, AD ∥ BC).
AC = CA (common).
So Δ ABC ≅ Δ CDA (ASA).
AB = CD
BC = AD and ∠B = ∠D.
Adding ∠BAC + ∠CAD: ∠A = ∠C.
Let the diagonals meet at O.
In Δ AOB and Δ COD: ∠OAB = ∠OCD, ∠AOB = ∠COD and AB = CD.
So Δ AOB ≅ Δ COD (AAS).
AO = OC and BO = OD: the diagonals bisect each other.
Example 11
Prove that the diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular.
Solution. Let ABCD be a rhombus with diagonals meeting at O.
AB = BC
= CD
= DA.
The diagonals bisect each other: AO = OC and BO = OD.
In Δ AOB and Δ COB: AB = CB, AO = CO, BO = BO.
So Δ AOB ≅ Δ COB (SSS).
∠AOB = ∠COB.
They form a straight angle: ∠AOB + ∠COB = 180°.
So each is 90°.
The diagonals are perpendicular.
Example 12
Prove that a parallelogram with equal diagonals is a rectangle.
Solution. Let ABCD be a parallelogram with AC = BD.
In Δ ABC and Δ DCB: AB = DC (opposite sides).
BC = CB (common).
AC = DB (given).
So Δ ABC ≅ Δ DCB (SSS).
∠ABC = ∠DCB.
Adjacent angles of a parallelogram are supplementary: ∠ABC + ∠DCB = 180°.
So ∠ABC = 90°.
A parallelogram with one right angle is a rectangle.
Example 13
Prove that a parallelogram with perpendicular diagonals is a rhombus.
Solution. Let the diagonals of parallelogram ABCD meet at O with AC ⊥ BD.
AO = OC (diagonals bisect each other).
In Δ AOB and Δ COB: AO = CO.
∠AOB = ∠COB
= 90°.
BO = BO (common).
So Δ AOB ≅ Δ COB (SAS).
AB = CB.
Adjacent sides are equal, so all four sides are equal.
ABCD is a rhombus.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.4 The Midpoint Theorem and the Centroid Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.4

The Midpoint Theorem and the Centroid

Key Idea
Midpoint theorem. If P and Q are the midpoints of A B and A C in Δ A B C , then P Q ∥ B C and P Q = ½ B C . Converse. A line through the midpoint of one side parallel to a second side bisects the third side. Basic proportionality. If P Q ∥ B C , then A P / P B = A Q / Q C . Centroid. The three medians meet at G , and A G : G D = 2 : 1 along each median.
Fig. 12.3 The line joining the midpoints P, Q of two sides is parallel to the third side and half its length.
Fig. 12.3 The line joining the midpoints P, Q of two sides is parallel to the third side and half its length.
Fig. 12.4 The three medians of a triangle meet at the centroid G.
Fig. 12.4 The three medians of a triangle meet at the centroid G.
Example 14
Prove the Midpoint Theorem.
Solution. Let P, Q be the midpoints of AB, AC.
Through P draw a line parallel to BC meeting AC at Q′.
Δ APQ′ and Δ ABC have equal corresponding angles, so they are similar.
AP/AB = 1/2, so AQ′/AC = 1/2.
So Q′ is the midpoint of AC, which is Q.
Hence PQ ∥ BC.
Also PQ/BC = AP/AB = 1/2.
So PQ = ½BC.
Example 15
In Δ ABC the sides are 8 cm, 10 cm and 12 cm. A triangle is formed by joining the midpoints of the sides. Find its perimeter.
Solution. Each side of the new triangle is half of the corresponding side.
Sides: 4, 5, 6 cm.
Perimeter = 4 + 5 + 6.
= 15 cm.
This is half the perimeter of Δ ABC.
Example 16
In Δ ABC, P is the midpoint of AB and PQ ∥ BC meets AC at Q. Given AC = 14 cm, find AQ and QC.
Solution. By the converse, Q is the midpoint of AC.
AQ = ½ × 14.
= 7 cm.
QC = 7 cm.
Example 17
In Δ ABC, PQ ∥ BC with P on AB and Q on AC. AP = 3, PB = 6, AQ = 4. Find QC.
Solution. By the basic proportionality theorem, AP/PB = AQ/QC.
3/6 = 4/QC.
QC = 4 × 6/3.
= 8.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.5 The Varignon Parallelogram Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 18
The median AD of a triangle is 12 cm. Find AG and GD where G is the centroid.
Solution. G divides AD in the ratio 2 : 1 from A.
AG = 2/3 × 12
= 8 cm.
GD = 1/3 × 12
= 4 cm.
Example 19
A(0, 0), B(6, 0), C(0, 9) are the vertices of a triangle. Find the centroid using the 2 : 1 ratio.
Solution. The midpoint of BC is D = ((6 + 0)/2, (0 + 9)/2) = (3, 4.5).
G = A + 2/3 (D − A).
= (0 + 2/3 × 3, 0 + 2/3 × 4.5).
= (2, 3).
12.5

The Varignon Parallelogram

Key Idea
Join the midpoints P , Q , R , S of the sides of any quadrilateral A B C D in order: P Q R S is a parallelogram . Its sides are parallel to the diagonals of A B C D and half their lengths .
Fig. 12.5 Varignon parallelogram PQRS inside quadrilateral ABCD.
Fig. 12.5 Varignon parallelogram PQRS inside quadrilateral ABCD.

It holds for convex, non-convex and self-intersecting quadrilaterals, and also in space.

If AC = BD then PQRS is a rhombus; if AC ⊥ BD then it is a rectangle; if both, a square.

PQRS shrinks to a segment when the diagonals of ABCD are parallel.

Example 20
Prove that PQRS is a parallelogram.
Solution. In Δ ABC: P, Q are midpoints of AB, BC.
So PQ ∥ AC and PQ = ½AC.
In Δ ADC: S, R are midpoints of AD, DC.
So SR ∥ AC and SR = ½AC.
Hence PQ ∥ SR and PQ = SR.
One pair of opposite sides is equal and parallel.
By Test 2, PQRS is a parallelogram.
Example 21
The diagonals of a quadrilateral are 10 cm and 14 cm. Find the perimeter of its Varignon parallelogram.
Solution. Sides of PQRS are half the diagonals.
Sides: 5 cm and 7 cm.
Perimeter = 2(5 + 7).
= 24 cm.
Example 22
What is the Varignon parallelogram of a rectangle?
Solution. The diagonals of a rectangle are equal.
So PQ = QR (each is half a diagonal).
A parallelogram with equal adjacent sides is a rhombus.
So it is a rhombus.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.6 The Trapezium Midline Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.6

The Trapezium Midline

Key Idea
A trapezium has one pair of parallel sides. If E , F are the midpoints of the non-parallel sides, then E F ∥ A B ∥ D C and E F = ½( A B + D C ) .
Fig. 12.6 The midline EF of trapezium ABCD.
Fig. 12.6 The midline EF of trapezium ABCD.
Example 23
Prove the trapezium midline theorem.
Solution. Let AB ∥ DC, with E, F the midpoints of AD, BC.
Draw diagonal AC.
In Δ ADC the line through E parallel to DC meets AC at its midpoint G.
So EG = ½DC.
In Δ ABC the line through G parallel to AB meets BC at its midpoint.
That midpoint is F, so GF = ½AB.
E
G
F lie on one line parallel to AB and DC.
EF = EG + GF.
= ½DC + ½AB.
= ½(AB + DC).
Example 24
The parallel sides of a trapezium are 12 cm and 8 cm. Find the length of its midline.
Solution. EF = ½(AB + DC).
= ½ × (12 + 8).
= 10 cm.
Example 25
The midline of a trapezium is 15 cm and one parallel side is 22 cm. Find the other.
Solution. 15 = ½(22 + x).
30 = 22 + x.
x = 8 cm.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.7 Tiling the Plane Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.7

Tiling the Plane

Key Idea
Copies tile the plane if they cover it with no gaps or overlaps. Around a point the angles must add to 360° . Every triangle and every quadrilateral (even non-convex) tiles the plane. A regular pentagon does not.
Fig. 12.7 Every triangle and its half-turn copy form a parallelogram; parallelograms tile the plane.
Fig. 12.7 Every triangle and its half-turn copy form a parallelogram; parallelograms tile the plane.

Triangle: attach a half-turn copy along a side to get a parallelogram; translate it in two directions.

Quadrilateral: the four angles of a quadrilateral add to 360°, so four copies fit round a point.

Regular polygons alone: triangle (6 × 60°), square (4 × 90°) and hexagon (3 × 120°) tile. Pentagon (108°) and octagon (135°) do not, since 360° is not a whole-number multiple.

Example 26
Show that a regular pentagon cannot tile the plane.
Solution. Interior angle = (5 − 2) × 180°/5.
= 540°/5.
= 108°.
Copies meeting at a point need k × 108° = 360°.
360/108 = 10/3, not a whole number.
So gaps or overlaps always occur.
Example 27
Which of these regular polygons tile the plane alone: triangle, square, pentagon, hexagon, octagon?
Solution. Interior angles: 60°, 90°, 108°, 120°, 135°.
360/60 = 6, whole: triangle tiles.
360/90 = 4, whole: square tiles.
360/108 = 10/3, not whole: pentagon does not.
360/120 = 3, whole: hexagon tiles.
360/135 = 8/3, not whole: octagon does not.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.8 Polygons, Areas and Existence of Quadrilaterals Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.8

Polygons, Areas and Existence of Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
Angle sum of a plane simple n -gon = ( n − 2) × 180° (draw diagonals from one vertex: n − 2 triangles). Number of diagonals = n ( n − 3)/2 . A quadrilateral with sides a , b , c , d exists iff the largest is less than the sum of the other three . Trapezium area = ½( s u m o f p a r a l l e l s i d e s ) × h e i g h t .
Fig. 12.8 Diagonals from one vertex divide an octagon into n − 2 = 6 triangles.
Fig. 12.8 Diagonals from one vertex divide an octagon into n − 2 = 6 triangles.
Example 28
Find the angle sum and the number of diagonals of an octagon.
Solution. n = 8.
Angle sum = (8 − 2) × 180°.
= 1080°.
Diagonals = 8 × 5/2.
= 20.
Example 29
Find each interior angle of a regular decagon.
Solution. n = 10.
Angle sum = 8 × 180° = 1440°.
Each angle = 1440°/10.
= 144°.
Example 30
Can a quadrilateral have sides 3, 4, 5, 13? What about 3, 4, 5, 10?
Solution. Largest side must be less than the sum of the others.
For 3, 4, 5, 13: 3 + 4 + 5 = 12.
13 < 12 is false, so no.
For 3, 4, 5, 10: 3 + 4 + 5 = 12.
10 < 12 is true, so yes.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals 12.9 Coordinates and Symmetry Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.9

Coordinates and Symmetry

Key Idea
Midpoint of ( x 1 , y 1 ) and ( x 2 , y 2 ) : (( x 1 + x 2 )/2, ( y 1 + y 2 )/2) . In a parallelogram A B C D the diagonals share a midpoint, so D = A + C − B . Central symmetry: a half-turn about the intersection O of the diagonals maps A ↔ C and B ↔ D .
Fig. 12.9 Parallelogram A(1, 1), B(5, 1), C(6, 4), D(2, 4) with diagonals meeting at M(3.5, 2.5).
Fig. 12.9 Parallelogram A(1, 1), B(5, 1), C(6, 4), D(2, 4) with diagonals meeting at M(3.5, 2.5).
Figure Reflection axes Rotational symmetry
General parallelogram none half-turn only
Rectangle 2 (through midpoints of opposite sides) half-turn
Rhombus 2 (the diagonals) half-turn
Square 4 90°, 180°, 270°
General quadrilateral usually none usually none
Example 31
Find the midpoint of A(−2, 4) and C(6, 0).
Solution. x = (−2 + 6)/2
= 2.
y = (4 + 0)/2
= 2.
M = (2, 2).
Example 32
A(1, 1), B(5, 1), C(6, 4) are consecutive vertices of a parallelogram. Find D and check.
Solution. D = A + C − B.
xD = 1 + 6 − 5
= 2.
yD = 1 + 4 − 1
= 4.
D = (2, 4).
Midpoint of AC = (3.5, 2.5).
Midpoint of BD = ((5 + 2)/2, (1 + 4)/2) = (3.5, 2.5).
The midpoints agree, so the diagonals bisect each other.
Example 33
A(−2, −1), B(2, −1), C(4, 2) are consecutive vertices of a parallelogram. Find D.
Solution. xD = −2 + 4 − 2
= 0.
yD = −1 + 2 − (−1)
= 2.
D = (0, 2).
Example 34
Show that a half-turn about O maps a parallelogram onto itself.
Solution. The diagonals bisect each other at O.
A half-turn about O sends A to C, since O is the midpoint of AC.
It sends B to D, since O is the midpoint of BD.
So the vertices exchange in pairs.
Sides and angles match in pairs.
Hence the parallelogram maps onto itself and O is its centre of symmetry.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 12: Chapter-End Questions

12.1
These come from Exercise Sets 12.1 to 12.4 and the end-of-chapter exercise. Questions that depend on photographed figures are described in words. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
12.2
Let ABCD be a quadrilateral. (i) List the sides adjacent to AB and the side opposite to it. (ii) List the angles adjacent to ∠A and the angle opposite to it. (iii) Define a pair of opposite sides and a pair of opposite angles without using the names of the vertices.
12.3
Can a self-intersecting quadrilateral be non-planar?
12.4
True or false? (i) A parallelogram with a right angle is a rectangle. (ii) A rhombus with perpendicular diagonals is a square. (iii) If the diagonals of a parallelogram are equal, it is a rectangle.
12.5
Justify why the plane cannot be tiled with a regular pentagon.
12.6
ABCD is a trapezium with parallel sides AD = 3 cm and BC = 5 cm. E and F are the midpoints of the non-parallel sides. Find the ratio of the areas of AEFD and EBCF.
12.7
For a quadrilateral with three sides 2, 5 and 11, can the fourth side be 100? 10? 1? What lengths are possible?
12.8
Find the number of diagonals of an n-gon and the number added when the sides increase by one.
12.9
Find the sum of the angles of a plane non-self-intersecting n-gon. Give the values for n = 3 to 7.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
12.10
Define the internal angle of a quadrilateral at a vertex so that the definition works for a non-convex quadrilateral too.
12.11
The diagonal AC of a parallelogram ABCD bisects ∠A. Show that it also bisects ∠C and that ABCD is a rhombus.
12.12
Answer Yes or No; if No, add a condition that makes it Yes. (i) If the diagonals of a quadrilateral bisect its angles, is it a rhombus? (ii) If the diagonals bisect each other at right angles, is it a rhombus? (iii) If the diagonals are equal, is it a rectangle?
12.13
P, Q, R are the midpoints of AB, AC, BC in Δ ABC. Show that Δ PQR is congruent to Δ QPA and to the other two small triangles. Can ABC be rebuilt from PQR?
12.14
In Δ ABC, M and N are the midpoints of AB and AC. D is any point on BC. Show that MN bisects AD.
12.15
In a quadrilateral ABCD, AB ∥ DC and AB ≠ CD. G, H are the midpoints of AC, BD. Prove GH ∥ AB. Why is AB ≠ CD assumed?
12.16
P, Q, R, S are the midpoints of the sides AB, BC, CD, DA of a quadrilateral. (i) Show that PR and QS bisect each other. (ii) Show that if AC = BD then PR ⊥ QS. Is the converse true?
Mathematical Diagram
12.17
In a parallelogram ABCD, points P, Q lie on diagonal BD with DP = BQ. Show that APCQ is a parallelogram.
Mathematical Diagram
12.18
The diagonals AC, BD of a parallelogram ABCD meet at O. A line through O meets AB at P and CD at Q. Show that O is the midpoint of PQ.
Mathematical Diagram
12.19
P is a point on side AB of Δ ABC and the line through P parallel to BC meets AC at Q. AP = 1 and AQ = √5. Find QC if (i) PB = 2 (ii) PB = 1/3 (iii) PB = 2/3. (iv) Show that AP/PB = AQ/QC.
Mathematical Diagram
12.20
(i) Complete the proof of the Midpoint Theorem by extending PQ beyond Q to S. By how much? (ii) Give a similar proof of the converse.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
12.21
In a trapezium ABCD with AB ∥ DC, E is the midpoint of AD and a line through E meets BC at F. (i) If EF ∥ AB, show F is the midpoint of BC and EF = (AB + CD)/2. (ii) If F is the midpoint of BC, show EF ∥ AB.
C. Challenge
12.22
Let ABCD be a parallelogram with AB ≠ BC. Show that the pairwise intersection points of the four angle bisectors form the vertices of a rectangle. Why is AB ≠ BC assumed?
Mathematical Diagram
12.23
PQRS is the Varignon parallelogram of ABCD. (i) How can ABCD be recreated from PQRS? (ii) Why are there many ways? (iii) Show that PQRS is a square iff AC and BD are equal and perpendicular.
12.24
In a self-intersecting quadrilateral ABCD, sides AB and CD cross at E. Show that ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D < 360°. Can the sum be 2°?
12.25
Suppose ABCD is a parallelogram and M, N are the midpoints of AB, CD. (i) Show that DM and BN trisect AC. (ii) Use it to trisect a segment PQ. Give two other ways.
Mathematical Diagram
12.26
P, Q, R, S lie on the sides AB, BC, CD, DA of a quadrilateral and PQRS is a parallelogram. Must P, Q, R, S be midpoints?
12.27
Show that the sum of the angles of a non-planar quadrilateral is always less than 360°. Can it be 2°? (Think of a diagonal as a hinge.)
12.28
In a square ABCD each vertex is joined to the midpoint of the next side (A to the midpoint of BC, B to the midpoint of CD, C to the midpoint of DA, D to the midpoint of AB). The four segments enclose a shaded square. What fraction of ABCD is shaded?
Mathematical Diagram
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Stepwise Solutions (Q 12.1 – Q 12.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 12: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 12.1
(i)Sides sharing an endpoint with AB: AD and BC.
The side with no common endpoint with AB: CD.
(ii)Angles sharing a side with ∠A: ∠B and ∠D.
The angle sharing no side with ∠A: ∠C.
(iii)Opposite sides are two sides with no common endpoint.
Opposite angles are two angles that have no side in common.
Question 12.2
Let AB and CD cross at E.
Two lines that meet at a point lie in one plane.
So A, B, C, D all lie in the plane of AB and CD.
Hence the quadrilateral is planar.
No: a self-intersecting quadrilateral cannot be non-planar.
Question 12.3
(i)True.
Adjacent angles are supplementary, so a right angle forces all four to be 90°.
(ii)False.
The diagonals of every rhombus are perpendicular.
A rhombus that is not a square (angles 60° and 120°) is a counterexample.
(iii)True: proved in Section 12.3 using SSS on triangles ABC and DCB.
Question 12.4
Each interior angle of a regular pentagon is 540°/5 = 108°.
Around a point we would need k × 108° = 360°.
360/108 = 10/3, not a whole number.
So the regular pentagon cannot tile the plane.
Question 12.5
EF = ½(3 + 5)
= 4 cm.
Both parts have the same height h/2.
Area of AEFD = ½(3 + 4)(h/2).
Area of EBCF = ½(4 + 5)(h/2).
Ratio = 7 : 9.
Question 12.6
Let the fourth side be x.
If x ≤ 11: the largest side is 11, so 11 < 2 + 5 + x, giving x > 4.
If x > 11: x < 2 + 5 + 11 = 18.
So 4 < x < 18.
x = 100: impossible.
x = 10: possible.
x = 1: impossible.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Stepwise Solutions (Q 12.7 – Q 12.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 12 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 12.7
From each vertex there are n − 3 diagonals (not to itself or its two neighbours).
Each diagonal is counted twice.
Number of diagonals = n(n − 3)/2.
For n = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0, 2, 5, 9, 14, 20.
Adding a side adds (n + 1)(n − 2)/2 − n(n − 3)/2.
= (n2 − n − 2 − n2 + 3n)/2.
= (2n − 2)/2 = n − 1 diagonals.
Question 12.8
Draw diagonals from one vertex to the n − 3 non-adjacent vertices.
They divide the polygon into n − 2 triangles.
Each triangle has angle sum 180°.
Sum = (n − 2) × 180°.
n = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7: 180°, 360°, 540°, 720°, 900°.
Question 12.9
At the vertex draw the two rays that contain the two sides.
These rays form two angles, one smaller and one larger than 180° (or both 180°).
Choose the one whose interior contains the opposite vertex.
That is the internal angle at the vertex.
In a non-convex quadrilateral the chosen angle can exceed 180°.
Question 12.10
∠BAC = ∠CAD (given).
∠BAC = ∠ACD (alternate angles, AB ∥ CD).
∠CAD = ∠ACB (alternate angles, AD ∥ BC).
So ∠ACD = ∠ACB: AC bisects ∠C.
In Δ ABC: ∠BAC = ∠ACB.
So AB = BC (sides opposite equal angles).
Adjacent sides of the parallelogram are equal, so all four sides are equal.
ABCD is a rhombus.
Question 12.11
(i)Yes.
A diagonal bisecting the angles at both its ends makes congruent triangles (ASA), giving four equal sides.
(ii)Yes.
Diagonals bisecting each other make a parallelogram
perpendicular diagonals make it a rhombus.
(iii)No.
An isosceles trapezium has equal diagonals but is not a rectangle.
Add the condition “it is a parallelogram”
then it is a rectangle.
Question 12.12
By the midpoint theorem PQ = ½BC, PR = ½AC, QR = ½AB.
Δ APQ has sides AP = ½AB
AQ = ½AC
PQ = ½BC.
Δ PQR has sides QR = ½AB
PR = ½AC
PQ = ½BC.
Corresponding sides are equal, so Δ PQR ≅ Δ QPA (SSS).
The same argument works for the triangles at B and C.
To rebuild: through P draw a line parallel to QR, through Q one parallel to PR, through R one parallel to PQ.
The three lines form Δ ABC.
Yes, ABC can be reconstructed.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Stepwise Solutions (Q 12.13 – Q 12.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 12 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 12.13
Let MN meet AD at E.
MN ∥ BC (midpoint theorem).
So ME ∥ BD.
In Δ ABD, M is the midpoint of AB and ME ∥ BD.
By the converse of the midpoint theorem, E is the midpoint of AD.
So MN bisects AD.
Question 12.14
Let E be the midpoint of AD.
In Δ ADC: E, G are midpoints of AD, AC, so EG ∥ DC.
In Δ ADB: E, H are midpoints of AD, DB, so EH ∥ AB.
AB ∥ DC, so EG and EH are both parallel to AB through E.
Hence E, G, H are on one line parallel to AB.
So GH ∥ AB.
AB ≠ CD makes ABCD a genuine trapezium (not a parallelogram)
the result also holds for a parallelogram.
Question 12.15
(i)PQRS is a parallelogram (Varignon).
PR and QS are its diagonals.
Diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
(ii)PQ = ½AC and QR = ½BD.
If AC = BD, then PQ = QR.
A parallelogram with equal adjacent sides is a rhombus.
The diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular, so PR ⊥ QS.
Converse: if PR ⊥ QS, then PQRS is a parallelogram with perpendicular diagonals, hence a rhombus.
Then PQ = QR, so ½AC = ½BD and AC = BD.
The converse is true.
Question 12.16
DP = BQ, so DQ = DP + PQ = BQ + PQ = BP.
In Δ ABP and Δ CDQ: AB = CD (opposite sides).
∠ABP = ∠CDQ (alternate angles, AB ∥ CD).
BP = DQ (shown).
So Δ ABP ≅ Δ CDQ (SAS).
AP = CQ and ∠APB = ∠CQD.
∠APQ = 180° − ∠APB and ∠CQP = 180° − ∠CQD, so ∠APQ = ∠CQP.
These are alternate angles for AP and CQ, so AP ∥ CQ.
One pair of opposite sides is equal and parallel.
APCQ is a parallelogram (vertices in the order A
P
C
Q).
Question 12.17
In Δ AOP and Δ COQ: ∠OAP = ∠OCQ (alternate angles, AB ∥ CD).
AO = OC (diagonals bisect each other).
∠AOP = ∠COQ (vertically opposite).
So Δ AOP ≅ Δ COQ (ASA).
OP = OQ.
O is the midpoint of PQ.
Question 12.18
Δ APQ ~ Δ ABC, so AP/AB = AQ/AC.
(i)AB = 3, ratio = 1/3, so AC = 3√5.
QC = AC − AQ
= 3√5 − √5
= 2√5.
(ii)AB = 4/3, ratio = 3/4, so AC = 4√5/3.
QC = 4√5/3 − √5
= √5/3.
(iii)AB = 5/3, ratio = 3/5, so AC = 5√5/3.
QC = 5√5/3 − √5
= 2√5/3.
(iv)AB/AP = AC/AQ.
(AP + PB)/AP = (AQ + QC)/AQ.
1 + PB/AP = 1 + QC/AQ.
PB/AP = QC/AQ.
So AP/PB = AQ/QC.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Stepwise Solutions (Q 12.19 – Q 12.24) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 12 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 24
Question 12.19
(i)Extend PQ to S with QS = PQ.
AQ = QC and ∠AQP = ∠CQS (vertically opposite).
Δ AQP ≅ Δ CQS (SAS).
CS = AP
= PB and CS ∥ AP.
So PBCS has PB equal and parallel to CS: a parallelogram.
PS ∥ BC and PS = BC.
PQ = ½PS
= ½BC and PQ ∥ BC.
(ii)Let P be the midpoint of AB and PQ ∥ BC.
Through C draw CS ∥ BA meeting PQ extended at S.
PBCS is a parallelogram, so CS = PB = AP.
Δ APQ ≅ Δ CSQ (ASA).
So AQ = QC: Q is the midpoint of AC.
Question 12.20
(i)Let EF meet AC at G.
In Δ ADC: E is the midpoint of AD and EG ∥ DC.
So G is the midpoint of AC and EG = ½DC.
In Δ CAB: G is the midpoint of AC and GF ∥ AB.
So F is the midpoint of BC and GF = ½AB.
EF = EG + GF
= ½(AB + CD).
(ii)Draw EF′ ∥ AB meeting BC at F′.
By (i), F′ is the midpoint of BC, so F′ = F.
Hence EF ∥ AB.
Question 12.21
Adjacent angles are supplementary: ∠A + ∠B = 180°.
The bisectors at A and B meet at an angle of 180° − (∠A/2 + ∠B/2) = 90°.
So bisectors at adjacent vertices are perpendicular.
The bisectors at A and C make equal angles (∠A/2 = ∠C/2) with the parallel lines AB, CD.
Corresponding angles are equal, so they are parallel.
The four bisectors give two pairs of parallel lines with adjacent lines perpendicular.
Their intersection points form a rectangle.
If AB = BC the parallelogram is a rhombus: the bisectors at A, C coincide (along AC) and those at B, D coincide (along BD).
Then there are only two lines and no rectangle.
Question 12.22
(i)Choose any point A.
Since P is the midpoint of AB, B = 2P − A.
Since Q is the midpoint of BC, C = 2Q − B.
Since R is the midpoint of CD, D = 2R − C.
S = P + R − Q (parallelogram), so S is automatically the midpoint of DA.
(ii)A was chosen freely, so every choice of A gives a different quadrilateral with the same PQRS.
(iii)PQ = ½AC and QR = ½BD with PQ ∥ AC, QR ∥ BD.
If PQRS is a square: PQ = QR gives AC = BD
PQ ⊥ QR gives AC ⊥ BD.
Conversely, if AC = BD and AC ⊥ BD: PQ = QR and PQ ⊥ QR.
A parallelogram with equal adjacent sides and a right angle is a square.
Question 12.23
E lies on AB and on CD.
In Δ EAD: ∠EAD = ∠A and ∠EDA = ∠D.
So ∠A + ∠D = 180° − ∠AED.
In Δ EBC: ∠EBC = ∠B and ∠ECB = ∠C.
So ∠B + ∠C = 180° − ∠BEC.
∠AED = ∠BEC (vertically opposite).
Sum = 360° − 2∠AED.
∠AED > 0, so the sum is less than 360°.
For a sum of 2° take ∠AED = 179°.
360° − 2 × 179° = 2°.
So yes, such a figure can be drawn.
Question 12.24
(i)DN ∥ MB and DN = MB (halves of equal parallel sides).
So DMBN is a parallelogram and DM ∥ NB.
Let DM meet AC at P and NB meet AC at Q.
In Δ ABQ: M is the midpoint of AB and MP ∥ BQ, so P is the midpoint of AQ: AP = PQ.
In Δ CDP: N is the midpoint of CD and NQ ∥ DP, so Q is the midpoint of CP: PQ = QC.
So AP = PQ = QC: AC is trisected.
(ii)Method 1: draw a parallelogram having PQ as a diagonal and repeat the construction.
Method 2 (Exercise 11): draw a ray from P, mark three equal steps, join the last mark to Q and draw parallels through the other marks.
By the basic proportionality theorem the parallels cut PQ into three equal parts.
Method 3 (centroid): make PQ the median AD of a triangle ABC (P = A, Q = D with D the midpoint of BC).
Draw a second median
the centroid G divides AD in the ratio 2 : 1, so G is one trisection point.
The midpoint of AG gives the other.
Chapter 12: Quadrilaterals Stepwise Solutions (Q 12.25 – Q 12.27) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 12 Solutions · Question 25 – Question 27
Question 12.25
No.
Take a square A(0, 0), B(3, 0), C(3, 3), D(0, 3).
Choose the points one-third of the way along each side: P(1, 0), Q(3, 1), R(2, 3), S(0, 2).
PQ goes by (2, 1) and SR goes by (2, 1).
QR goes by (−1, 2) and PS goes by (−1, 2).
Opposite sides are equal and parallel, so PQRS is a parallelogram.
The points are not midpoints.
Question 12.26
Let ABCD be non-planar and draw diagonal AC.
At each end of AC three edges meet in space.
In any such corner, one face angle is less than the sum of the other two.
So ∠BAD < ∠BAC + ∠CAD.
Likewise ∠BCD < ∠BCA + ∠ACD.
∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D < (∠BAC + ∠B + ∠BCA) + (∠CAD + ∠D + ∠ACD).
Each bracket is the angle sum of a triangle, 180°.
So the sum is less than 360°.
For 2°: make a long thin kite and fold the hinge until B and D nearly meet.
All four angles can be made as small as we like, so a sum of 2° is possible.
Question 12.27
Take A(0, 0), B(1, 0), C(1, 1), D(0, 1), so the area is 1.
Line from A to (1, 0.5): y = 0.5x.
Line from D to (0.5, 0): y = 1 − 2x.
Intersection: 0.5x = 1 − 2x, so x = 0.4 and y = 0.2.
By the 90° symmetry the other vertices are (0.8, 0.4), (0.6, 0.8), (0.2, 0.6).
Side of the shaded square = √((0.8 − 0.4)2 + (0.4 − 0.2)2).
= √(0.16 + 0.04).
= √0.2.
Area = (√0.2)2 = 0.2 = 1/5.
Exactly 1/5 of the square is shaded.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 13
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Two Variables, One Line

The chapter at a glance

Idea Statement
Standard form a x + b y + c = 0 , with a and b not both zero. Single-variable equations are special cases ( x + 0 y − 8 = 0 ).
Solution An ordered pair ( u , v ) that satisfies the equation. There are infinitely many.
Graph A straight line; every point on it is a solution and every solution is a point on it.
Intercepts y -intercept (0, − c / b ) ; x -intercept (− c / a , 0) . The line passes through the origin iff c = 0 .
Slope m = rise ÷ run = ( y 2 − y 1 )/( x 2 − x 1 ) . For y = m x + d : slope m , y -intercept d . From a x + b y + c = 0 : m = − a / b .
Types of slope Positive rises, negative falls, zero is horizontal, vertical lines have undefined slope.
Pair of equations Two conditions on two unknowns: a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0 and a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 = 0 .
Methods Substitution (solve one equation for a variable) and elimination (equalise coefficients and add or subtract).
Ratio test a 1 / a 2 ≠ b 1 / b 2 : one solution. All three ratios equal: infinitely many. First two equal, third different: none.
Parallel lines Equal slopes and different intercepts never meet.
Check Always substitute the answer back into both original equations.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.1 Linear Equations in Two Variables and the Standard Form Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.1

Linear Equations in Two Variables and the Standard Form

Key Idea
If Radha buys x kg of mangoes at ₹60 and y kg of bananas at ₹50 and pays ₹280, then 60 x + 50 y = 280 : both sides are the same total cost. Standard form: a x + b y + c = 0 , where a , b , c are real and a and b are not both zero .

Coefficients may be fractions: multiply by the LCM to clear them. ¼x + (3/5)y − ½ = 0 times 20 gives 5x + 12y − 10 = 0.

An equation in one variable is a special case: 4x + 7 = 0 is 4x + 0y + 7 = 0 and 3y = 5 is 0x + 3y − 5 = 0.

Move all terms to one side before reading a, b, c.

Example 1
Write each in standard form and give a, b, c: (i) 5x + 2y = 2.7 (ii) x/2 − 4 = (3/2)y (iii) 4 = 1.5x − 1.3y (iv) 3y = 5.
Solution. (i) 5x + 2y − 2.7 = 0.
a = 5
b = 2
c = −2.7.
(ii) x/2 − (3/2)y − 4 = 0.
a = ½
b = −3/2
c = −4.
(Multiplying by 2: x − 3y − 8 = 0.)
(iii) 1.5x − 1.3y − 4 = 0.
a = 1.5
b = −1.3
c = −4.
(iv) 0x + 3y − 5 = 0.
a = 0
b = 3
c = −5.
Example 2
Clear the fractions in x/3 + y/4 = 1 and write the standard form.
Solution. The LCM of 3 and 4 is 12.
12 × (x/3 + y/4) = 12 × 1.
4x + 3y = 12.
4x + 3y − 12 = 0.
a = 4
b = 3
c = −12.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.2 Solutions and the Infinite Solution Set Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.2

Solutions and the Infinite Solution Set

Key Idea
A solution of a x + b y + c = 0 is an ordered pair ( u , v ) that makes LHS = RHS when x = u , y = v . Every linear equation in two variables has infinitely many solutions: write y in terms of x and every real x gives a y .

For 3x + 2y = 12: (2, 3) and (4, 0) are solutions; (1, 3) is not, since 3 + 6 = 9 ≠ 12.

Origin condition: the line passes through (0, 0) iff c = 0. Then x = 0 is the y-axis and y = 0 the x-axis.

Equivalent equations: multiplying every term by k ≠ 0 does not change the solutions.

Example 3
Is (1, 9/2) a solution of 3x + 2y = 12? Is (4, 1)?
Solution. For (1, 9/2): 3(1) + 2(9/2) = 3 + 9 = 12.
This equals the RHS, so it is a solution.
For (4, 1): 3(4) + 2(1) = 14.
14 ≠ 12, so it is not a solution.
Example 4
If (−3, 4) is a solution of both 3ax + 4y = −2 and 2x + by = 14, find a and b.
Solution. Put x = −3, y = 4 in the first equation.
3a(−3) + 4(4) = −2.
−9a + 16 = −2.
−9a = −18.
a = 2.
Put x = −3, y = 4 in the second equation.
2(−3) + b(4) = 14.
4b = 20.
b = 5.
Example 5
Write y in terms of x for 3x + 2y = 12 and find three solutions.
Solution. 2y = 12 − 3x.
y = 6 − (3/2)x.
x = 0: y = 6, so (0, 6).
x = 2: y = 3, so (2, 3).
x = 4: y = 0, so (4, 0).
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.3 Graphing a Linear Equation Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.3

Graphing a Linear Equation

Key Idea
The graph of a linear equation in two variables is always a straight line . Point on the line ⇒ solution. Solution ⇒ point on the line. Intercept method: put x = 0 for the y -intercept, y = 0 for the x -intercept, then join the two points.
Fig. 13.1 The line 2x + y = 7 with its intercepts A and B and some integer solutions.
Fig. 13.1 The line 2x + y = 7 with its intercepts A and B and some integer solutions.

If c = 0 the line passes through the origin: find a second point by choosing a convenient x.

Two points are enough to draw a line; a third is a useful check.

A point not on the line does not satisfy the equation.

Example 6
Draw the graph of 2x + y = 7 using the intercepts.
Solution. Put x = 0: y = 7, so A(0, 7).
Put y = 0: 2x = 7, so x = 3.5 and B(3.5, 0).
Join A and B and extend.
Other solutions on the line: (1, 5), (2, 3), (3, 1), (4, −1).
Example 7
Graph (i) 4x + 3y = 12 and (ii) 2x + 5y = 0.
Solution. (i) x = 0: y = 4, so (0, 4).
y = 0: x = 3, so (3, 0).
The line passes through (0, 4) and (3, 0).
(ii) c = 0, so the line passes through (0, 0).
Put x = 5: 10 + 5y = 0, so y = −2 and (5, −2) is a second point.
Join (0, 0) and (5, −2).
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.4 Slope and the Slope-Intercept Form y = mx + d Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.4

Slope and the Slope-Intercept Form y = mx + d

Key Idea
Slope m = rise ÷ run = ( y 2 − y 1 )/( x 2 − x 1 ) . It does not depend on the order of the two points. In y = m x + d : m is the slope and d the y -intercept. From a x + b y + c = 0 with b ≠ 0 : y = −( a / b ) x − c / b , so m = − a / b and the y -intercept is − c / b .
Fig. 13.2 Slope is rise ÷ run: for the line through A, B, C the slope is 3/3 = 1.
Fig. 13.2 Slope is rise ÷ run: for the line through A, B, C the slope is 3/3 = 1.
Fig. 13.3 The four kinds of slope: positive, negative, zero and undefined.
Fig. 13.3 The four kinds of slope: positive, negative, zero and undefined.

Why m is the slope: points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) on y = mx + d satisfy y1 = mx1 + d and y2 = mx2 + d. Subtracting, y2 − y1 = m(x2 − x1), so (y2 − y1)/(x2 − x1) = m.

Parallel lines: lines with equal slopes and different intercepts never meet. If they met at (x0, y0), then mx0 + d1 = mx0 + d2, so d1 = d2, a contradiction.

Rank steepness by comparing the ratios rise/run.

Example 8
Find the slope of the line through A(−1, 0), B(1, 2), C(4, 5).
Solution. Use B and C: m = (5 − 2)/(4 − 1).
= 3/3.
= 1.
Check with A and B: (2 − 0)/(1 − (−1)) = 2/2 = 1.
Example 9
Show that the slope of the line through A(−4, 5) and B(−1, 2) does not depend on the order of the points.
Solution. From A to B: m = (2 − 5)/(−1 − (−4)).
= −3/3.
= −1.
From B to A: m = (5 − 2)/(−4 − (−1)).
= 3/(−3).
= −1.
Both orders give −1.
Example 10
Find the slope and y-intercept of 5x + y = 3 and of 2x − 3y + 6 = 0.
Solution. 5x + y = 3 gives y = −5x + 3.
Slope = −5, y-intercept = 3.
2x − 3y + 6 = 0 gives 3y = 2x + 6.
y = (2/3)x + 2.
Slope = 2/3, y-intercept = 2.
Example 11
A ramp rises 3 m over a run of 12 m. Find its slope and the rise for a run of 20 m at the same slope.
Solution. Slope = 3/12 = 1/4.
Rise for a run of 20 m = 1/4 × 20.
= 5 m.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.5 Pairs of Linear Equations: Modelling Real Situations Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.5

Pairs of Linear Equations: Modelling Real Situations

Key Idea
When two unknowns satisfy two conditions at once we get a pair of linear equations : a 1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0 and a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 = 0 . Steps: name the unknowns, translate each condition into an equation, solve , check .
Example 12
Rakesh says: “Two numbers have sum 25 and difference 11.” Frame and solve the pair.
Solution. Let the numbers be x and y.
x + y = 25 … (1)
x − y = 11 … (2)
Add: 2x = 36, so x = 18.
Then y = 25 − 18 = 7.
Check: 18 − 7 = 11.
Example 13
Group A pays ₹600 for 2 adult and 3 child tickets; Group B pays ₹700 for 3 adult and 2 child tickets. Frame the pair.
Solution. Let an adult ticket cost ₹x and a child ticket ₹y.
Group A: 2x + 3y = 600.
Group B: 3x + 2y = 700.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.6 Solving by Substitution and by Elimination Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.6

Solving by Substitution and by Elimination

Key Idea
Substitution: express one variable from one equation, substitute into the other. Elimination: multiply to make the coefficient of one variable equal in size, then add or subtract to eliminate it. Always check in both original equations.
Example 14
Solve 7x − 15y = 2 and x + 2y = 3 by substitution.
Solution. From the second equation: x = 3 − 2y … (3)
Substitute (3) in the first: 7(3 − 2y) − 15y = 2.
21 − 14y − 15y = 2.
−29y = −19.
y = 19/29.
x = 3 − 2(19/29).
= (87 − 38)/29.
= 49/29.
Example 15
Two angles of a triangle are x° and y° with y = 4x and the third angle is 50°. Find x and y.
Solution. Angle sum: x + y + 50 = 180.
x + 4x = 130.
5x = 130.
x = 26.
y = 4 × 26
= 104.
Example 16
Incomes of two people are in the ratio 9 : 7, their expenditures in the ratio 4 : 3, and each saves ₹2000 per month. Find the incomes.
Solution. Let incomes be 9x and 7x, expenditures 4y and 3y.
9x − 4y = 2000 … (1)
7x − 3y = 2000 … (2)
Multiply (1) by 3: 27x − 12y = 6000 … (3)
Multiply (2) by 4: 28x − 12y = 8000 … (4)
Subtract (3) from (4): x = 2000.
Put in (1): 18000 − 4y = 2000.
4y = 16000, so y = 4000.
Incomes: 9 × 2000 = ₹18000 and 7 × 2000 = ₹14000.
Example 17
The sum of a two-digit number and its reverse is 66, and its digits differ by 2. Find the number.
Solution. Let the number be 10x + y
its reverse is 10y + x.
(10x + y) + (10y + x) = 66.
11(x + y) = 66.
x + y = 6 … (1)
x − y = 2 … (2)
Add (1) and (2): 2x = 8, so x = 4.
y = 2.
The number is 42 (or 24).
Example 18
Solve 2x + 3y = 13 and 5x − 3y = 8 by elimination.
Solution. The y coefficients are +3 and −3, so add.
7x = 21.
x = 3.
Put in the first equation: 6 + 3y = 13.
3y = 7, so y = 7/3.
Check in the second: 5(3) − 3(7/3) = 15 − 7 = 8.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.7 Consistency and the Ratio Rules Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.7

Consistency and the Ratio Rules

Coefficient ratios Lines Solutions Type
a 1 / a 2 ≠ b 1 / b 2 intersecting exactly one consistent, independent
a 1 / a 2 = b 1 / b 2 = c 1 / c 2 coincident infinitely many consistent, dependent
a 1 / a 2 = b 1 / b 2 ≠ c 1 / c 2 parallel none inconsistent
Fig. 13.4 The three cases for a pair of lines: intersecting, parallel and coincident.
Fig. 13.4 The three cases for a pair of lines: intersecting, parallel and coincident.

In elimination, an identity 0 = 0 means infinitely many solutions; a contradiction 0 = k (k ≠ 0) means none.

To get a pair of the wanted type from ax + by + c = 0: change the constant (parallel), multiply by a number (coincident), or alter the ratio of a to b (intersecting).

Example 19
Solve graphically x + 3y = 6 and 2x − 3y = 12.
Solution. Line 1: (0, 2) and (6, 0).
Line 2: (0, −4) and (3, −2).
The lines cross at (6, 0).
Ratio check: a1/a2 = 1/2 and b1/b2 = 3/(−3) = −1.
The ratios differ, so there is one solution: x = 6, y = 0.
Example 20
Classify x + 2y − 4 = 0 and 2x + 4y − 12 = 0.
Solution. a1/a2 = 1/2.
b1/b2 = 2/4
= 1/2.
c1/c2 = −4/(−12)
= 1/3.
The first two ratios are equal and the third differs.
The lines are parallel and there is no solution.
Example 21
Romila buys 2 erasers and 3 sheets for ₹9; Sonali buys 4 erasers and 6 sheets for ₹18. Are the prices determined?
Solution. 2x + 3y = 9 and 4x + 6y = 18.
a1/a2 = 2/4
= 1/2.
b1/b2 = 3/6
= 1/2.
c1/c2 = 9/18
= 1/2.
All three ratios are equal: the lines coincide.
Infinitely many price pairs fit, so the prices are not determined.
Example 22
Find k so that kx + 3y = 6 and 2x + 6y = 9 have no solution.
Solution. No solution needs a1/a2 = b1/b2 ≠ c1/c2.
b1/b2 = 3/6
= 1/2.
a1/a2 = k/2
= 1/2, so k = 1.
c1/c2 = 6/9
= 2/3.
2/3 ≠ 1/2, so the condition holds.
k = 1.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line 13.8 A Pinch of History: Mahāvīrāchārya’s Problem Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.8

A Pinch of History: Mahāvīrāchārya’s Problem

Babylonia (c. 2000 BCE): clay-tablet problems on areas and sums of two unknown lengths.

China (c. 200 BCE): the Jiuzhang Suanshu used counting rods in columns (fangcheng), a method equivalent to elimination.

India (c. 500 to 850 CE): Āryabhaṭa and Brahmagupta gave rules for linear problems in several unknowns; Mahāvīrāchārya (c. 850 CE) posed the citron problem below.

Example 23
Mahāvīrāchārya’s problem: 9 citrons and 7 fragrant wood-apples cost 107; 7 citrons and 9 wood-apples cost 101. Find each price.
Solution. Let a citron cost x and a wood-apple y.
9x + 7y = 107 … (1)
7x + 9y = 101 … (2)
The coefficients of x and y are interchanged.
Add: 16x + 16y = 208, so x + y = 13 … (3)
Subtract (2) from (1): 2x − 2y = 6, so x − y = 3 … (4)
Add (3) and (4): 2x = 16, so x = 8.
y = 13 − 8
= 5.
A citron costs 8 and a wood-apple costs 5.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 13: Chapter-End Questions

13.1
These come from Exercise Sets 13.1 to 13.5 and the end-of-chapter exercise. Questions that depend on printed diagrams are left out. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
13.2
Write a linear equation in two variables in which a = 3, b = 0 and c = −1/5.
13.3
Write in standard form and give a, b, c: (i) y − 15 = √2 x (ii) 3y − 2x = 0 (iii) 5x = 3y (iv) x = 8 (v) 3y = 1.
13.4
Is (4, 3) a solution of 5x − 6y = 2?
13.5
Find two solutions of each: (i) 7x − 3y = 21 (ii) 2x + 3y = 5.
13.6
A loading ramp rises 2.5 m over a run of 4 m. Find its slope.
13.7
Three ski hills have (rise, run) = A: (60 m, 70 m), B: (60 m, 110 m), C: (80 m, 100 m). Rank them from least to greatest steepness.
13.8
A movie ticket costs ₹x and a snack box ₹y. On one day 2 tickets and 3 snack boxes cost ₹850; on another day 4 tickets and 1 snack box cost ₹1100. Frame the pair.
13.9
A taxi has a fixed charge ₹x and ₹y per kilometre. Sahil travels 6 km for ₹122 and Meena 8 km for ₹160. Frame the pair.
13.10
Give a formula for the x-intercept of y = mx + c.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Chapter-End Questions (Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
B. Standard
13.11
In 2mx + 3y = 7 and 4x + ny = −10, (2, −1) is a solution of both. Find m and n.
13.12
Find two solutions in different quadrants for each and name the quadrants: (i) 5x + 3y = 7 (ii) 5x − 3y = 7 (iii) −5x + 3y = 7 (iv) −5x − 3y = 7.
13.13
State True or False and justify: (i) a linear equation in two variables has only one solution (ii) its graph always passes through the origin (iii) it can have no rational solutions (iv) x = 3 is a linear equation in two variables (v) 2x + 3y = 7 has infinitely many solutions (vi) (1, 2) solves 2x + 3y = 7.
13.14
(i) Compare the solutions of 3x + 4y = 7 and 6x + 8y = 14. (ii) Show that ax + by = c and kax + kby = kc (k ≠ 0) have the same solutions.
13.15
An accessibility ramp has a guideline of 1 cm of rise for 12 cm of run. What horizontal length is needed for stairs 18 cm high?
13.16
Form a pair and solve: (i) sum 5, difference −21 (ii) difference 26 and one number 3 times the other (iii) 7 bats and 6 balls cost ₹8880; 3 bats and 5 balls cost ₹4000 (iv) a taxi costs ₹155 for 10 km and ₹220 for 15 km: find the fare for 25 km (v) a fraction becomes 9/11 on adding 2 to both parts and 5/6 on adding 3 (vi) a fraction becomes 1 on adding 1 to the numerator and subtracting 1 from the denominator, and 1/2 on adding 1 to the denominator (vii) Nuri was 3 times Sonu’s age five years ago and will be 2 times ten years later (viii) a two-digit number has digit sum 9 and nine times the number is twice its reverse (ix) ₹2000 is paid in 25 notes of ₹50 and ₹100 (x) a library charges a fixed amount for 3 days and an extra daily charge after that, ₹27 for 7 days and ₹21 for 5 days.
13.17
Ten Grade 9 students took part in a quiz. There are 4 more girls than boys. Find the numbers.
13.18
Use a1/a2, b1/b2, c1/c2 to classify: (i) 5x − 4y + 8 = 0 and 7x + 6y − 9 = 0 (ii) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0 and 18x + 6y + 24 = 0 (iii) 6x − 3y + 10 = 0 and 2x − y + 9 = 0.
13.19
Which pairs have solutions? Find them: (i) x + y = 5, 2x + 2y = 10 (ii) x − y = 8, 3x − 3y = 16 (iii) 2x + y − 6 = 0, 4x − 2y − 4 = 0 (iv) 2x − 2y − 2 = 0, 4x − 4y − 5 = 0.
13.20
For 2x + 3y − 8 = 0 write another equation so the pair represents (i) intersecting lines (ii) parallel lines (iii) coincident lines.
13.21
Mahāvīrāchārya’s problem: 9 citrons and 7 wood-apples cost 107; 7 citrons and 9 wood-apples cost 101. Find the prices without direct elimination. What is special about the equations?
13.22
For y = 3x through (0, 0) and (2, 6): (i) the slope (ii) the y-intercept (iii) a water tank follows this graph: height after 5 minutes and the time for height 21 cm (iv) is (4, 10) on the line? (v) the intersection with x = 3.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
13.23
Fahrenheit and Celsius are related by F = (9/5)C + 32. (i) Find F for C = 30. (ii) Find C for F = 95. (iii) Find F at 0°C and C at 0°F. (iv) Is there a temperature with the same numerical value in both?
13.24
Solve 2x + y = 6 and 2x − y − 2 = 0 and say where the lines meet on a graph.
13.25
Plan A costs ₹50 a month plus ₹0.20 per minute; Plan B costs ₹30 plus ₹0.30 per minute. When is each cheaper?
13.26
How many lines (i) have a given slope? (ii) have a given slope and pass through a given point?
C. Challenge
13.27
For what values of p do 4x + py + 8 = 0 and 2x + 2y + 2 = 0 have a unique solution?
13.28
Find a and b so that (a + b)x − 2by = 5a + 2b + 1 and 3x − y = 14 have infinitely many solutions.
13.29
Find k so that x + 2y = 3 and (k − 1)x + (k + 1)y = k + 3 represent coincident lines.
13.30
Robot 1 starts at the origin and repeatedly moves 3 right and 4 up. Robot 2 starts at (10, 0) and repeatedly moves 1 right and 2 up. Do their paths intersect? Repeat if Robot 1 starts at (3, 0) moving 5 right and 5 up, and Robot 2 starts at (7, 0) moving 5 right and 3 down.
13.31
Jacob’s watch reads a minutes after 2 o’clock. Fifteen minutes later it reads b minutes after 3 o’clock, and a is six times b. What time was the second reading?
13.32
The digits of a two-digit number add to 15. Interchanging them increases the number by 9. Find the number.
13.33
In cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, ∠A = (x + 7)°, ∠B = (y + 8)°, ∠C = (3y + 23)°, ∠D = (4x + 12)°. Find all four angles.
13.34
A train takes 6 hours less for a journey if its speed is 6 km/h more, and 6 hours more if its speed is 4 km/h less. Find the distance and the original speed.
13.35
A father’s age equals the sum of the ages of his four children. After 20 years the children’s ages will add up to twice the father’s age. Find the father’s age.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.1 – Q 13.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 13: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 13.1
Put the values in ax + by + c = 0.
3x + 0y − 1/5 = 0.
So 3x − 1/5 = 0.
Question 13.2
(i)√2 x − y + 15 = 0: a = √2, b = −1, c = 15.
(ii)−2x + 3y + 0 = 0: a = −2, b = 3, c = 0.
(iii)5x − 3y + 0 = 0: a = 5, b = −3, c = 0.
(iv)x + 0y − 8 = 0: a = 1, b = 0, c = −8.
(v)0x + 3y − 1 = 0: a = 0, b = 3, c = −1.
Question 13.3
Put x = 4, y = 3.
5(4) − 6(3) = 20 − 18.
= 2.
This equals the RHS, so (4, 3) is a solution.
Question 13.4
(i)x = 3: 21 − 3y = 21, so y = 0: (3, 0).
x = 0: −3y = 21, so y = −7: (0, −7).
(ii)x = 1: 2 + 3y = 5, so y = 1: (1, 1).
x = 4: 8 + 3y = 5, so y = −1: (4, −1).
Question 13.5
Slope = rise ÷ run.
= 2.5/4.
= 0.625.
= 5/8.
Question 13.6
A: 60/70 = 6/7 ≈ 0.857.
B: 60/110 = 6/11 ≈ 0.545.
C: 80/100 = 0.8.
Least to greatest: B, C, A.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.7 – Q 13.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 13 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 13.7
First day: 2x + 3y = 850.
Second day: 4x + y = 1100.
Question 13.8
Sahil: x + 6y = 122.
Meena: x + 8y = 160.
Question 13.9
At the x-intercept y = 0.
0 = mx + c.
mx = −c.
x = −c/m, provided m ≠ 0.
The intercept is (−c/m, 0).
Question 13.10
Put (2, −1) in the first: 2m(2) + 3(−1) = 7.
4m − 3 = 7.
4m = 10, so m = 5/2.
Put (2, −1) in the second: 4(2) + n(−1) = −10.
8 − n = −10.
n = 18.
Question 13.11
(i)x = 1: y = 2/3 (Quadrant I).
x = 2: y = −1 (Quadrant IV).
(ii)x = 1: y = −2/3 (Quadrant IV).
x = 2: y = 1 (Quadrant I).
(iii)x = −1: y = 2/3 (Quadrant II).
x = 1: y = 4 (Quadrant I).
(iv)x = −1: y = −2/3 (Quadrant III).
x = 1: y = −4 (Quadrant IV).
Plotting each pair and joining them verifies each line.
Question 13.12
(i)False: choose x freely and find y.
(ii)False: it passes through (0, 0) only when c = 0.
(iii)False: 2x + 3y = 7 has the rational solution (2, 1).
(iv)True: x + 0y − 3 = 0.
(v)True: one equation in two variables has infinitely many solutions.
(vi)False: 2(1) + 3(2) = 8 ≠ 7.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.13 – Q 13.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 13 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 13.13
(i)6x + 8y = 14 is 2 × (3x + 4y = 7).
Multiplying by a non-zero number keeps the solutions, so the solution sets are the same.
(ii)Multiply ax + by = c by k to get kax + kby = kc.
Divide the second by k ≠ 0 to get the first back.
Hence they have exactly the same solutions.
Question 13.14
The run is 12 times the rise.
Run = 18 × 12.
= 216 cm.
= 2.16 m.
Question 13.15
(i)x + y = 5, x − y = −21.
Add: 2x = −16, so x = −8, y = 13.
(ii)x − y = 26, x = 3y.
Then 2y = 26, so y = 13, x = 39.
(iii)7b + 6l = 8880 and 3b + 5l = 4000.
Multiply the first by 5 and the second by 6: 35b + 30l = 44400 and 18b + 30l = 24000.
Subtract: 17b = 20400, so b = 1200.
l = (4000 − 3600)/5
= 80.
(iv)f + 10r = 155 and f + 15r = 220.
Subtract: 5r = 65, so r = 13 and f = 25.
For 25 km: 25 + 25 × 13 = ₹350.
(v)(x + 2)/(y + 2) = 9/11 gives 11x − 9y = −4.
(x + 3)/(y + 3) = 5/6 gives 6x − 5y = −3.
Solving: x = 7, y = 9.
The fraction is 7/9.
(vi)(x + 1)/(y − 1) = 1 gives y − x = 2.
x/(y + 1) = 1/2 gives 2x − y = 1.
Solving: x = 3, y = 5.
The fraction is 3/5.
(vii)N − 5 = 3(S − 5) and N + 10 = 2(S + 10).
N = 3S − 10, so 3S − 10 + 10 = 2S + 20, giving S = 20 and N = 50.
(viii)a + b = 9 and 9(10a + b) = 2(10b + a).
88a = 11b, so b = 8a.
Then a = 1, b = 8 and the number is 18.
(ix)x + y = 25 and 50x + 100y = 2000, i.e.
x + 2y = 40.
Subtract: y = 15, x = 10.
(x)f + 4r = 27 and f + 2r = 21.
Subtract: 2r = 6, so r = 3 and f = 15.
Question 13.16
Let boys = b and girls = g.
b + g = 10 and g = b + 4.
2b + 4 = 10.
b = 3.
g = 7.
Question 13.17
(i)5/7 ≠ −4/6: intersecting, one solution.
(ii)9/18 = 3/6 = 12/24 = 1/2: coincident, infinitely many solutions.
(iii)6/2 = −3/−1 = 3 but 10/9 ≠ 3: parallel, no solution.
Question 13.18
(i)The second is twice the first: the lines coincide, infinitely many solutions.
(ii)x − y = 8 and x − y = 16/3: parallel, no solution.
(iii)From the first, y = 6 − 2x.
4x − 2(6 − 2x) = 4, so 8x = 16 and x = 2
y = 2.
(iv)x − y = 1 and x − y = 5/4: parallel, no solution.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.19 – Q 13.24) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 13 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 24
Question 13.19
(i)Any equation whose x and y coefficients are not in the ratio 2 : 3, for example x + y − 1 = 0.
(ii)Keep the ratio and change the constant ratio: 2x + 3y − 5 = 0.
(iii)Multiply by a non-zero number: 4x + 6y − 16 = 0.
Question 13.20
9x + 7y = 107 and 7x + 9y = 101.
The coefficients of x and y are interchanged.
Add: 16(x + y) = 208, so x + y = 13.
Subtract: 2(x − y) = 6, so x − y = 3.
Add: 2x = 16, so x = 8 and y = 5.
A citron costs 8 and a wood-apple 5.
Question 13.21
(i)m = (6 − 0)/(2 − 0) = 3.
(ii)c = 0: the line passes through the origin.
(iii)After 5 minutes: y = 3(5) = 15 cm.
For 21 cm: 21 = 3x, so x = 7 minutes.
(iv)3(4) = 12 ≠ 10, so (4, 10) is not on the line.
(v)y = 3(3) = 9, so the intersection is (3, 9).
Question 13.22
(i)F = (9/5)(30) + 32 = 54 + 32 = 86.
(ii)95 = (9/5)C + 32, so 63 = (9/5)C and C = 35.
(iii)At C = 0: F = 32.
At F = 0: 0 = (9/5)C + 32, so C = −160/9 ≈ −17.78.
(iv)Put F = C: C = (9/5)C + 32.
−(4/5)C = 32, so C = −40.
Both scales read −40.
Question 13.23
Rewrite: 2x + y = 6 and 2x − y = 2.
Add: 4x = 8, so x = 2.
Put in the first: 4 + y = 6, so y = 2.
The lines meet at (2, 2).
Question 13.24
Let t be the minutes.
A costs 50 + 0.20t and B costs 30 + 0.30t.
They are equal when 50 + 0.20t = 30 + 0.30t.
20 = 0.10t, so t = 200.
For t < 200, B is cheaper.
For t > 200, A is cheaper.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.25 – Q 13.30) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 13 Solutions · Question 25 – Question 30
Question 13.25
(i)y = mx + c with m fixed: every value of c gives a line.
So infinitely many lines have a given slope.
(ii)The point fixes c through y0 = mx0 + c.
So exactly one line.
Question 13.26
Ratios: a1/a2 = 4/2 = 2 and b1/b2 = p/2.
A unique solution needs a1/a2 ≠ b1/b2.
2 ≠ p/2, so p ≠ 4.
Question 13.27
All three ratios must be equal.
(a + b)/3 = (−2b)/(−1)
= 2b.
a + b = 6b, so a = 5b.
(5a + 2b + 1)/14 = 2b, so 5a + 2b + 1 = 28b.
Put a = 5b: 25b + 2b + 1 = 28b.
b = 1 and a = 5.
Question 13.28
Coincident: (k − 1)/1 = (k + 1)/2 = (k + 3)/3.
2(k − 1) = k + 1, so k = 3.
Check: (k − 1) = 2, (k + 1)/2 = 2, (k + 3)/3 = 2.
k = 3.
Question 13.29
Case 1: Robot 1 has slope 4/3 through the origin: y = 4x/3.
Robot 2 has slope 2 through (10, 0): y = 2x − 20.
Equate: 4x/3 = 2x − 20, so 4x = 6x − 60.
x = 30 and y = 40.
The paths meet at (30, 40).
Case 2: Robot 1: y = x − 3.
Robot 2: slope −3/5 through (7, 0): y = −3x/5 + 21/5.
Equate: x − 3 = −3x/5 + 21/5, so x = 9/2 and y = 3/2.
Robot 2 starts at x = 7 and moves right, so it never reaches x = 9/2.
The full lines meet, but the robots’ paths do not intersect.
Question 13.30
a + 15 = 60 + b, so a = b + 45.
Given a = 6b.
6b = b + 45, so b = 9.
a = 54.
The second reading was 3:09.
Chapter 13: Two Variables, One Line Stepwise Solutions (Q 13.31 – Q 13.34) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 13 Solutions · Question 31 – Question 34
Question 13.31
Let the tens digit be a and the units digit b.
a + b = 15.
10b + a = 10a + b + 9, so b − a = 1.
Add: 2b = 16, so b = 8 and a = 7.
The number is 78.
Question 13.32
Opposite angles are supplementary.
(x + 7) + (3y + 23) = 180, so x + 3y = 150.
(y + 8) + (4x + 12) = 180, so 4x + y = 160.
From the second, y = 160 − 4x.
x + 3(160 − 4x) = 150, so −11x = −330.
x = 30 and y = 40.
∠A = 37°
∠B = 48°
∠C = 143°
∠D = 132°.
Question 13.33
Let the speed be v km/h and the time t hours, so d = vt.
Faster: vt = (v + 6)(t − 6), so 6t − 6v = 36 and t − v = 6.
Slower: vt = (v − 4)(t + 6), so 6v − 4t = 24 and 3v − 2t = 12.
Put t = v + 6: 3v − 2v − 12 = 12.
v = 24 and t = 30.
Distance = 24 × 30 = 720 km.
Question 13.34
Let the father be F and the sum of the children’s ages S.
F = S.
After 20 years the children’s sum is S + 80 and the father is F + 20.
S + 80 = 2(F + 20).
F + 80 = 2F + 40.
F = 40.
The father is 40 years old.
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS | GANITA MANJARI | QUICK REVISION NOTES
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Overview & Key Ideas Ganita Manjari · Class 9
CHAPTER 14
CLASS 9 MATHEMATICS · GANITA MANJARI

Surface Area and Volume

The formulas at a glance

Solid Surface area Volume
Cuboid ( l , w , h ) TSA = 2( l w + w h + h l ) ; lateral = 2 h ( l + w ) l w h
Cube (edge a ) 6 a 2 a 3
Cylinder ( r , h ) curved 2π r h ; total 2π r ( r + h ) π r 2 h
Cone ( r , h , l ) curved π r l ; total π r ( r + l ) ; l 2 = r 2 + h 2 1/3 π r 2 h
Pyramid lateral = sum of triangular faces 1/3 × b a s e a r e a × h
Sphere ( r ) 4π r 2 4/3 π r 3
Hemisphere ( r ) curved 2π r 2 ; total 3π r 2 2/3 π r 3
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.1 Cuboids and Cubes Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Key Idea
Scaling by k : lengths × k , areas × k 2 , volumes × k 3 . Surface area of a solid is the total area of its faces; volume is the space it fills. Use π = 22/7 unless a question says otherwise.
14.1

Cuboids and Cubes

Fig. 14.1 A cuboid of length l, width w and height h with its three pairs of faces.
Fig. 14.1 A cuboid of length l, width w and height h with its three pairs of faces.
Key Idea
Total surface area (TSA) of a cuboid = 2( l w + w h + h l ) . Lateral surface area (four walls) = 2 h ( l + w ) . Volume = l w h . Cube: TSA = 6 a 2 , volume = a 3 , diagonal = a √3 .

Joining two solids hides the glued faces, so the total surface area decreases. Cutting a solid exposes two new faces, so the area increases.

Surface area is in square units, volume in cubic units; 1 m³ = 1000 litres.

Example 1
The volume of a cube is 64 cm³. Find its edge and total surface area.
Solution. a3 = 64.
a = 4 cm.
TSA = 6a2.
= 6 × 16.
= 96 cm².
Example 2
A cuboid is 8 cm × 5 cm × 4 cm. Find its TSA, lateral surface area and volume.
Solution. TSA = 2(8 × 5 + 5 × 4 + 4 × 8).
= 2(40 + 20 + 32).
= 184 cm².
Lateral area = 2 × 4 × (8 + 5).
= 104 cm².
Volume = 8 × 5 × 4.
= 160 cm³.
Example 3
Two cubes of edge 5 cm are joined face to face to make a cuboid. Find its TSA and compare with the two separate cubes.
Solution. The cuboid is 10 cm × 5 cm × 5 cm.
TSA = 2(50 + 25 + 50).
= 250 cm².
Two separate cubes: 2 × 6 × 25 = 300 cm².
The area falls by 2 × 25 = 50 cm², the two hidden faces.
Example 4
A cuboid 10 cm × 6 cm × 4 cm is cut into two equal halves along its length. By how much does the total surface area increase?
Solution. The cutting plane is a 6 cm × 4 cm rectangle.
Two new faces are exposed.
Increase = 2 × 6 × 4.
= 48 cm².
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.2 Cylinders Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Example 5
How many cubes of edge 2 cm fit in a box 10 cm × 8 cm × 6 cm?
Solution. Volume of the box = 10 × 8 × 6 = 480 cm³.
Volume of one cube = 23 = 8 cm³.
Number of cubes = 480/8.
= 60.
Check along the edges: 5 × 4 × 3 = 60.
14.2

Cylinders

Fig. 14.2 A cylinder cut along a line and opened out: a rectangle 2πr × h and two circles.
Fig. 14.2 A cylinder cut along a line and opened out: a rectangle 2πr × h and two circles.
Key Idea
Curved surface area = 2π r h (the unrolled rectangle). Total surface area = 2π r h + 2π r 2 = 2π r ( r + h ) . Volume = π r 2 h (area of the base × height).

If the top is open, subtract one circle: TSA = 2πrh + πr2.

A pipe or roller makes a cylinder whose curved surface is what touches the ground or wall.

Doubling r multiplies the volume by 4; doubling h multiplies it by 2.

Example 6
A cylinder has radius 7 cm and height 10 cm. Find its curved surface area, total surface area and volume.
Solution. CSA = 2πrh = 2 × 22/7 × 7 × 10 = 440 cm².
Area of two circles = 2πr2 = 2 × 22/7 × 49 = 308 cm².
TSA = 440 + 308 = 748 cm².
Volume = πr2h = 22/7 × 49 × 10.
= 1540 cm³.
Example 7
A water tank is a cylinder of diameter 4 m and height 5 m. Find its capacity in litres (use π = 3.1416).
Solution. Radius = 2 m.
Volume = π × 22 × 5.
= 20π.
≈ 62.83 m³.
1 m³ = 1000 litres.
Capacity ≈ 62830 litres.
Example 8
A garden roller has radius 35 cm and length 1.2 m. How much ground does it cover in one revolution?
Solution. Radius = 0.35 m.
Area per revolution = curved surface area.
= 2πrh.
= 2 × 22/7 × 0.35 × 1.2.
= 2.64 m².
Example 9
A cylindrical can is open at the top, radius 5 cm and height 12 cm. Find the sheet of metal needed (use π = 3.14).
Solution. Area needed = curved surface + one base.
= 2πrh + πr2.
= 2 × 3.14 × 5 × 12 + 3.14 × 25.
= 376.8 + 78.5.
= 455.3 cm².
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.3 Cones Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.3

Cones

Fig. 14.3 A cone of radius r, height h and slant height l; its curved surface unrolls into a sector.
Fig. 14.3 A cone of radius r, height h and slant height l; its curved surface unrolls into a sector.
Key Idea
Slant height l = √( h 2 + r 2 ) . Curved surface area = π r l (sector of radius l and arc 2π r ). Total surface area = π r ( r + l ) . Volume = ⅓π r 2 h : exactly one-third of the cylinder with the same base and height.
Fig. 14.4 Three cones fill one cylinder of the same radius and height.
Fig. 14.4 Three cones fill one cylinder of the same radius and height.

To find r from a sector: arc length of sector = circumference of cone base.

Similar cones: lengths in ratio k give volumes in ratio k3.

Example 10
A cone has radius 6 cm and height 8 cm. Find l, the curved surface area and the volume (use π = 3.14).
Solution. l = √(82 + 62).
= √100.
= 10 cm.
CSA = πrl = 3.14 × 6 × 10.
= 188.4 cm².
Volume = ⅓πr2h = ⅓ × 3.14 × 36 × 8.
= 301.44 cm³.
Example 11
A conical cap has radius 7 cm and slant height 25 cm. Find its height and volume.
Solution. h = √(252 − 72).
= √(625 − 49).
= √576.
= 24 cm.
Volume = ⅓ × 22/7 × 49 × 24.
= 1232 cm³.
Example 12
A sector of radius 10 cm and angle 216° is bent into a cone. Find the base radius, height and volume.
Solution. Arc length of the sector = 216/360 × 2π × 10.
= 12π cm.
This is the base circumference: 2πr = 12π.
r = 6 cm.
Slant height l = 10 cm.
h = √(100 − 36)
= 8 cm.
Volume = ⅓π × 36 × 8.
= 96π.
≈ 301.6 cm³.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.4 Pyramids Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.4

Pyramids

Key Idea
Volume of a pyramid = ⅓ × (area of base) × (height). The lateral faces are triangles. For a square pyramid with base side a and height h : slant height s = √( h 2 + ( a /2) 2 ) , lateral area = 4 × ½ a s = 2 a s .

A pyramid is one-third of the prism with the same base and height, just as a cone is one-third of a cylinder.

The height is perpendicular to the base; the slant height lies along a lateral face.

Example 13
A square pyramid has base side 6 cm and height 4 cm. Find its volume, slant height, lateral area and total surface area.
Solution. Base area = 6 × 6 = 36 cm².
Volume = ⅓ × 36 × 4.
= 48 cm³.
Slant height s = √(42 + 32).
= √25.
= 5 cm.
Lateral area = 2as = 2 × 6 × 5 = 60 cm².
TSA = 60 + 36 = 96 cm².
Example 14
A pyramid has volume 90 cm³ and a rectangular base 6 cm × 5 cm. Find its height.
Solution. Base area = 30 cm².
⅓ × 30 × h = 90.
10h = 90.
h = 9 cm.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.5 Spheres and Archimedes’ Discovery Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.5

Spheres and Archimedes’ Discovery

Fig. 14.5 A sphere fits exactly in a cylinder of radius r and height 2r.
Fig. 14.5 A sphere fits exactly in a cylinder of radius r and height 2r.
Key Idea
Surface area of a sphere = 4π r 2 (four times the area of a great circle). Volume = 4/3 π r 3 . Archimedes: a sphere has the same surface area as the curved surface of its circumscribing cylinder ( 2π r × 2 r = 4π r 2 ), and two-thirds of its volume.
Example 15
Find the surface area and volume of a sphere of radius 7 cm.
Solution. Surface area = 4πr2.
= 4 × 22/7 × 49.
= 616 cm².
Volume = 4/3 × 22/7 × 343.
= 4312/3.
≈ 1437.33 cm³.
Example 16
If the radius of a sphere is doubled, how do its surface area and volume change?
Solution. New area = 4π(2r)2.
= 16πr2.
This is 4 times the old area.
New volume = 4/3 π (2r)3.
= 32/3 πr3.
This is 8 times the old volume.
Example 17
A solid sphere of radius 3 cm is melted and recast into small spheres of radius 1 cm. How many are made?
Solution. Volume of the big sphere = 4/3 π × 27 = 36π.
Volume of one small sphere = 4/3 π × 1 = 4π/3.
Number = 36π ÷ (4π/3).
= 36 × 3/4.
= 27.
Example 18
A hemispherical bowl has radius 7 cm. Find its total outer surface area (with the lid) and capacity.
Solution. Curved surface = 2πr2 = 2 × 22/7 × 49 = 308 cm².
Flat lid = πr2 = 154 cm².
TSA = 3πr2 = 462 cm².
Volume = 2/3 πr3 = 2/3 × 22/7 × 343.
= 15092/21.
≈ 718.67 cm³.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.6 Composite Solids, Recasting and Displacement Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.6

Composite Solids, Recasting and Displacement

Key Idea
Add volumes of parts that are joined; subtract for hollows. Melting and recasting preserves volume , not surface area. A solid dropped in water displaces its own volume : the water level rises by (volume of solid) ÷ (base area of the container).
Example 19
An ice-cream cone has a hemisphere of radius 3 cm on a cone of height 12 cm and the same radius. Find the total volume.
Solution. Cone: ⅓πr2h = ⅓π × 9 × 12 = 36π.
Hemisphere: 2/3 πr3 = 2/3 π × 27 = 18π.
Total = 36π + 18π.
= 54π.
≈ 169.65 cm³.
Example 20
A solid cylinder of radius 3 cm and height 8 cm is melted into spheres of radius 1 cm. How many spheres?
Solution. Volume of the cylinder = π × 9 × 8 = 72π.
Volume of one sphere = 4π/3.
Number = 72π ÷ (4π/3).
= 72 × 3/4.
= 54.
Example 21
A marble of radius 1 cm is dropped into a cylindrical glass of radius 5 cm containing water. By how much does the water level rise?
Solution. Volume of the marble = 4π/3.
Base area of the glass = 25π.
Rise = (4π/3) ÷ 25π.
= 4/75.
≈ 0.053 cm.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume 14.7 Estimation, Scaling and Guesstimates Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.7

Estimation, Scaling and Guesstimates

Fig. 14.6 A string 1 m longer than the equator of a ball is raised evenly all around: the gap h does not depend on the ball.
Fig. 14.6 A string 1 m longer than the equator of a ball is raised evenly all around: the gap h does not depend on the ball.
Key Idea
Scaling by k multiplies lengths by k , areas by k 2 and volumes by k 3 . Surface area ÷ volume: for a sphere = 3/ r . Small objects have a large surface-area-to-volume ratio, which is why small drops cool or dry quickly.

Guesstimate: round to easy numbers, compute, and judge whether the answer is reasonable.

Circumference trick: adding length L to a circle’s circumference adds L/(2π) to its radius, whatever the radius.

Example 22
A model of a car is made at 1 : 10 scale. How do its surface area and volume compare with the real car?
Solution. Lengths are 1/10.
Areas are (1/10)2 = 1/100.
Volumes are (1/10)3 = 1/1000.
The model needs 1/100 of the paint and holds 1/1000 of the volume.
Example 23
The radius of a sphere is r. Find the ratio surface area ÷ volume, and compare for r = 1 and r = 10.
Solution. Ratio = 4πr2/(4/3 πr3).
= 3/r.
For r = 1: ratio = 3.
For r = 10: ratio = 0.3.
The small sphere has ten times the area per unit volume.
Example 24
A rope is wound once round the equator of the Earth and then lengthened by 1 m and raised evenly above the ground. Find the gap.
Solution. Original circumference = 2πR.
New circumference = 2πR + 1 = 2π(R + h).
2πh = 1.
h = 1/(2π).
≈ 0.159 m.
The gap does not depend on R.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Chapter-End Questions (Recall and apply & Standard) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Chapter 14: Chapter-End Questions

14.1
Use π = 22/7 unless told otherwise. The numbers in some questions have been adapted from the exercises; compare with the textbook. Questions marked * are challenging. Solutions are at the back.
A. Recall and apply
14.2
The volume of a cube is 125 cm³. Find its edge and total surface area.
14.3
How many cubes of edge 4 cm fit in a box 20 cm × 16 cm × 12 cm?
14.4
A cone has radius 12 cm and slant height 21 cm. Find its total surface area.
14.5
The radius of the Moon is about one-fourth that of the Earth. Compare their surface areas and volumes.
14.6
Find the surface area and volume of a sphere of radius 3.5 cm.
14.7
A hemispherical bowl has inner radius 14 cm. Find its capacity in litres and the area of its curved surface.
B. Standard
14.8
The radius of a cylinder is increased by 10%. By what percent must its height be decreased so that the volume stays the same?
14.9
A solid cube of edge 12 cm is melted and recast into cylindrical rods of radius 2 cm and length 12 cm. How many whole rods can be made?
14.10
A conical cup is filled with water to half its depth (cup standing on its apex). What fraction of its capacity does the water fill?
Mathematical Diagram
14.11
Sixteen identical solid spheres of radius 2 cm are packed in a box 16 cm × 8 cm × 8 cm (4 along the length, 2 and 2 across). The box is filled with liquid. Find the volume of liquid.
14.12
A hemispherical dome has diameter 11.2 m. The outer surface is to be painted at ₹10 per 100 cm². Find the cost.
14.13
(i) The radius of a sphere increases by 10%. Find the percent increase in its volume. (ii) The volume of a sphere increases by 72.8%. Find the percent increase in its radius.
14.14
A glass is a cylinder of radius 4 cm containing water. When identical marbles of radius 1 cm are dropped in, the level rises by 4 cm. How many marbles were dropped?
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Chapter-End Questions (Challenge) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
14.15
The surface area of a cube is S. Show that its volume is (S/6)3/2.
14.16
A cuboid has three face areas 6 cm², 10 cm² and 15 cm². Find its volume.
14.17
A cube of edge 4 cm is cut into 64 unit cubes. Compare the surface areas before and after.
14.18
Show that the volume of a sphere is two-thirds of the volume of its circumscribing cylinder.
C. Challenge
14.19
A solid cube of edge 5 cm is painted on all faces and cut into 125 unit cubes. How many unit cubes have exactly 3, 2, 1 and 0 painted faces?
14.20
Find all cuboids with integer edges and total surface area 100 cm², up to rotation.
14.21
A string is tied tightly round a ball of radius R. It is then made 1 m longer and raised evenly. Find the gap h. Does the answer depend on R? Compare the Earth and a tennis ball.
14.22
A square pyramid is inscribed in a cylinder: its base is a square inscribed in the base circle of the cylinder and its apex is at the centre of the top circle. Find the ratio of the volume of the pyramid to that of the cylinder.
Mathematical Diagram
14.23
The radius of a sphere is r. (i) Find the decrease in volume when the radius is reduced by 1. (ii) Find the decrease in surface area.
14.24
The oceans contain about 1.38 × 109 km³ of water. If it were spread evenly over the Earth’s whole surface (radius 6371 km), how deep would the layer be?
14.25
Give dimensions of a cuboid whose volume is half that of a cube of edge 2 cm and whose total surface area is double that of the cube.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Stepwise Solutions (Q 14.1 – Q 14.6) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
VERIFIED STEP-BY-STEP SOLUTIONS

Chapter 14: Solutions to Chapter-End Questions

Question 14.1
a3 = 125.
a = 5 cm.
TSA = 6a2.
= 6 × 25.
= 150 cm².
Question 14.2
Along the length: 20/4 = 5.
Along the width: 16/4 = 4.
Along the height: 12/4 = 3.
Number of cubes = 5 × 4 × 3.
= 60.
Question 14.3
TSA = πr(r + l).
= 22/7 × 12 × (12 + 21).
= 22/7 × 12 × 33.
= 8712/7.
≈ 1244.57 cm².
Question 14.4
Ratio of radii = 1/4.
Surface area ratio = (1/4)2 = 1/16.
Volume ratio = (1/4)3 = 1/64.
The Moon’s surface area is 1/16 and its volume 1/64 of the Earth’s.
Question 14.5
r = 3.5
= 7/2.
Surface area = 4πr2 = 4 × 22/7 × 49/4.
= 154 cm².
Volume = 4/3 πr3 = 4/3 × 22/7 × 343/8.
= 539/3.
≈ 179.67 cm³.
Question 14.6
Volume = 2/3 πr3 = 2/3 × 22/7 × 2744.
= 17248/3 ≈ 5749.33 cm³.
1 litre = 1000 cm³, so capacity ≈ 5.75 litres.
Curved surface = 2πr2 = 2 × 22/7 × 196.
= 1232 cm².
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Stepwise Solutions (Q 14.7 – Q 14.12) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 14 Solutions · Question 7 – Question 12
Question 14.7
New radius = 1.1r, so r2 becomes 1.21r2.
Let the new height be h(1 − x/100).
1.21 × (1 − x/100) = 1.
1 − x/100 = 100/121.
x/100 = 21/121.
x = 2100/121.
≈ 17.36%.
Question 14.8
Volume of the cube = 123 = 1728 cm³.
Volume of one rod = π × 4 × 12 = 48π.
≈ 150.8 cm³.
Number of rods = 1728/(48π).
≈ 11.46.
Only whole rods count: 11 rods.
Question 14.9
The water forms a smaller cone similar to the cup.
The depth ratio is 1/2, so the radius ratio is also 1/2.
Volume ratio = (1/2)3.
= 1/8.
The water fills one-eighth of the cup.
Question 14.10
Volume of the box = 16 × 8 × 8 = 1024 cm³.
Volume of one sphere = 4/3 π × 8 = 32π/3.
Volume of 16 spheres = 512π/3.
≈ 536.17 cm³.
Liquid = 1024 − 536.17.
≈ 487.83 cm³.
Question 14.11
Radius = 5.6 m.
Curved area = 2πr2 = 2 × 22/7 × 31.36.
= 197.12 m².
1 m² = 10000 cm² = 100 units of 100 cm².
Cost per m² = 100 × 10 = ₹1000.
Total cost = 197.12 × 1000.
= ₹197,120.
Question 14.12
(i)New radius = 1.1r.
New volume = (1.1)3 V = 1.331V.
The volume increases by 33.1%.
(ii)New volume = 1.728V.
(radius ratio)3 = 1.728.
1.728 = 1.23.
Radius ratio = 1.2.
The radius increases by 20%.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Stepwise Solutions (Q 14.13 – Q 14.18) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 14 Solutions · Question 13 – Question 18
Question 14.13
Volume of water displaced = π × 42 × 4 = 64π.
Volume of one marble = 4π/3.
Number = 64π ÷ (4π/3).
= 64 × 3/4.
= 48.
Question 14.14
S = 6a2.
a2 = S/6.
a = √(S/6).
V = a3.
= (S/6)3/2.
Question 14.15
Let the dimensions be l, w, h.
lw = 6
wh = 10
hl = 15.
Multiply: (lwh)2 = 6 × 10 × 15.
= 900.
lwh = 30.
Volume = 30 cm³.
Question 14.16
Before: 6 × 42 = 96 cm².
After: each unit cube has area 6 cm².
64 × 6 = 384 cm².
The area becomes 384/96 = 4 times larger.
Cutting increases surface area
the volume is unchanged.
Question 14.17
The cylinder has radius r and height 2r.
Cylinder volume = πr2 × 2r = 2πr3.
Sphere volume = 4/3 πr3.
Ratio = (4/3)/2.
= 2/3.
Question 14.18
3 faces: the 8 corner cubes.
2 faces: each of the 12 edges has 5 − 2 = 3 such cubes, so 12 × 3 = 36.
1 face: each of the 6 faces has 3 × 3 = 9, so 6 × 9 = 54.
0 faces: the inner 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 cubes.
Check: 8 + 36 + 54 + 27 = 125.
Chapter 14: Surface Area & Volume Stepwise Solutions (Q 14.19 – Q 14.24) Ganita Manjari · Class 9
Chapter 14 Solutions · Question 19 – Question 24
Question 14.19
lw + wh + hl = 50 with l ≤ w ≤ h.
Since 3l2 ≤ 50, l ≤ 4.
l = 1: (w + 1)(h + 1) = 51 = 3 × 17, so w = 2
h = 16.
l = 2: (w + 2)(h + 2) = 54 = 6 × 9, so w = 4
h = 7.
l = 3: (w + 3)(h + 3) = 59, a prime: no solution.
l = 4: (w + 4)(h + 4) = 66 has no suitable factor pair.
The cuboids are 1 × 2 × 16 and 2 × 4 × 7.
Question 14.20
2π(R + h) = 2πR + 1.
2πh = 1.
h = 1/(2π).
≈ 0.159 m ≈ 16 cm.
The answer does not depend on R.
So the gap is the same 16 cm for the Earth and for a tennis ball.
Question 14.21
Let the cylinder have radius r and height h.
The diagonal of the square base is 2r.
Side = 2r/√2 = r√2.
Base area = 2r2.
Pyramid volume = ⅓ × 2r2 × h = 2r2h/3.
Cylinder volume = πr2h.
Ratio = (2r2h/3)/(πr2h).
= 2/(3π).
So the ratio is 2 : 3π ≈ 0.21.
Question 14.22
(i)New volume = 4/3 π(r − 1)3.
Decrease = 4/3 π[r3 − (r − 1)3].
= 4/3 π(3r2 − 3r + 1).
= 4πr2 − 4πr + 4π/3.
(ii)New area = 4π(r − 1)2.
Decrease = 4π[r2 − (r − 1)2].
= 4π(2r − 1).
= 8πr − 4π.
Question 14.23
Surface area of the Earth = 4π × 63712.
≈ 4 × 3.1416 × 4.0590 × 107.
≈ 5.10 × 108 km².
Depth ≈ V/A.
= 1.38 × 109 / 5.10 × 108.
≈ 2.7 km.
Question 14.24
The cube has volume 8 cm³ and area 24 cm².
Wanted: volume 4 cm³ and area 48 cm².
So lw + wh + hl = 24 and lwh = 4.
Choose h = 0.2: then lw = 20.
h(l + w) = 24 − 20
= 4, so l + w = 20.
l and w are roots of t2 − 20t + 20 = 0.
t = 10 ± √80
= 10 ± 4√5.
Dimensions: 0.2 cm, (10 + 4√5) cm and (10 − 4√5) cm.
Check: lwh = 20 × 0.2 = 4 and lw + wh + hl = 20 + 4 = 24.
A very flat, long cuboid has less volume but more area.
Chapter 2: Linear Polynomials 2.2 Linear Polynomials as Functions Ganita Manjari · Class 9
2.2

Linear Polynomials as Functions

Key Idea
A linear polynomial has degree 1: a x + b with a ≠ 0 . Each extra unit of x changes the value by the same fixed amount a . As a function , f ( x ) = a x + b is an input–output machine: multiply the input by a , then add b .
Fig. 2.1 A linear polynomial as an input–output machine.
Fig. 2.1 A linear polynomial as an input–output machine.

The value of P(x) at x = k is P(k): replace x by k.

A linear polynomial has exactly one zero: ax + b = 0 gives x = −b/a.

Word problems: let a letter stand for the unknown, write an equation from the story, solve it, then check it against the story.

Example 4
Find the value of 5x − 3 at x = 0, −1 and 2.
Solution. x = 0: 5(0) − 3 = −3.
x = −1: 5(−1) − 3 = −8.
x = 2: 5(2) − 3 = 7.
Example 5
Find the zero of 4x − 10.
Solution. Set 4x − 10 = 0: x = 10/4 = 5/2.
Check: 4(5/2) − 10 = 0.
Example 6
Salil’s mother is three times as old as Salil. In 5 years their ages add up to 70. Find their present ages.
Solution. Salil’s age x
his mother’s 3x.
In 5 years: (x + 5) + (3x + 5) = 70, so 4x = 60 and x = 15.
Salil is 15 and his mother is 45.
Example 7
Two integers are in the ratio 2 : 5 and differ by 63. Find them.
Solution. Let them be 2x and 5x: 5x − 2x = 63, so x = 21.
The integers are 42 and 105.
Example 8
Ruby has ₹2 and ₹5 coins worth ₹88. She has three times as many ₹2 coins as ₹5 coins. How many of each?
Solution. ₹5 coins: x
₹2 coins: 3x.
5x + 2(3x) = 88, so 11x = 88 and x = 8.
She has 8 five-rupee coins and 24 two-rupee coins.
Example 9
A rectangle has perimeter 24 cm and length 3 cm more than twice its width. Find its sides.
Solution. Width w, length 2w + 3.
Half the perimeter: (2w + 3) + w = 12, so w = 3.
Length = 9 cm.
The sides are 9 cm and 3 cm.